<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?><rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" xmlns:rawvoice="https://blubrry.com/developer/rawvoice-rss/" xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/" version="2.0">

<channel>
	<title>The Creative Penn</title>
	<atom:link href="http://www.thecreativepenn.com/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/>
	<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com</link>
	<description>Writing, self-publishing, book marketing, making a living with your writing</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Mon, 10 Aug 2026 14:48:09 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	

<image>
	<url>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/favicon.jpeg</url>
	<title>The Creative Penn</title>
	<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com</link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<atom:link href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/" rel="hub"/>
	<itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author>
	<itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
	<itunes:image href="http://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/the-creative-penn-design5_merg-copy-2.jpg"/>
	
	<copyright>Copyright (2009) The Creative Penn</copyright>
	<podcast:license>Copyright The Creative Penn</podcast:license>
	<podcast:medium>podcast</podcast:medium>
	<image>
		<title>The Creative Penn</title>
		<url>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/04/TheCreativePennPodcast2024-1.jpg</url>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/blog/</link>
	</image>
	
	
	
	<rawvoice:rating>TV-G</rawvoice:rating>
	<podcast:podping usesPodping="true"/>
	<rawvoice:subscribe deezer="https://www.deezer.com/show/730562" feed="http://www.thecreativepenn.com/feed/" html="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" itunes="https://itunes.apple.com/gb/podcast/the-creative-penn/id309426367" spotify="https://open.spotify.com/show/070M71FwN4u6HOivKRvqvq?si=R0u1whtwT3WZknzYQ_jBbw" tunein="https://tunein.com/podcasts/Arts--Culture-Podcasts/The-Creative-Penn-Podcast-p1183352/"/>
	<itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords><itunes:summary>Interviews, inspiration and information on writing, publishing options, internet sales and promotion...for your book. The companion website is http://www.TheCreativePenn.com</itunes:summary><itunes:subtitle>Information for writers and authors on how to write, publish, sell and promote your book. </itunes:subtitle><itunes:category text="Arts"><itunes:category text="Literature"/></itunes:category><itunes:category text="Education"/><itunes:owner><itunes:email>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com</itunes:email><itunes:name>Joanna Penn</itunes:name></itunes:owner><item>
		<title>Going Indie, Publishing Innovation, And The Challenges Of Book Marketing With John Bond</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/08/12/going-indie-publishing-innovation-and-the-challenges-of-book-marketing-with-john-bond/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/08/12/going-indie-publishing-innovation-and-the-challenges-of-book-marketing-with-john-bond/#respond</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Wed, 12 Aug 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Publishing Options]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[publishing]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37873</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>How can you tell where the real innovation in publishing is happening right now, and why is it emerging from the indie side first? How do you market your own book when you've spent 35 years marketing everyone else's? John Bond talks about Going Indie and what he's learned about authors who last.</p>
<p>In the intro, my thoughts on writing with AI, Charles Dickens and encouragement for the 3-year-old dancing to K-Pop at the wedding, UK copyright law, The end of an era — Hugh Howey; Notre Dame, Paris</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/08/12/going-indie-publishing-innovation-and-the-challenges-of-book-marketing-with-john-bond/">Going Indie, Publishing Innovation, And The Challenges Of Book Marketing With John Bond</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph">How can you tell where the real innovation in publishing is happening right now, and why is it emerging from the indie side first? How do you market your own book when you've spent 35 years marketing everyone else's? John Bond talks about <em>Going Indie</em> and what he's learned about authors who last.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, my thoughts on writing with AI, Charles Dickens and encouragement for the 3-year-old dancing to K-Pop at the wedding, <a href="https://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/1988/48/section/9" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">UK copyright law</a>, <a href="https://hughhowey.com/the-end-of-an-era/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">The end of an era — Hugh Howey</a>; <a href="https://www.booksandtravel.page/notre-dame-cathedral-paris-france/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Notre Dame, Paris</a>; </p>



<figure class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.bookfunnel.com/thecreativepenn/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="1514" height="368" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1.png" alt="" class="wp-image-37166" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1.png 1514w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1-300x73.png 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1-1024x249.png 1024w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1-768x187.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1514px) 100vw, 1514px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://bookfunnel.com/thecreativepenn/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>Today's show is sponsored by Bookfunnel,&nbsp;the essential tool for your author business. Whether it’s delivering your reader magnet, sending out advanced copies of your book, handing out ebooks at a conference, or fulfilling your digital sales to readers, BookFunnel does it all. Check it out at&nbsp;<a href="https://bookfunnel.com/thecreativepenn/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">bookfunnel.com/thecreativepenn</a></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full is-resized"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/whitefox" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="965" height="500" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/John-Bond.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37930" style="aspect-ratio:1.9301046656022707;width:547px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/John-Bond.jpg 965w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/John-Bond-300x155.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/John-Bond-768x398.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 965px) 100vw, 965px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">John Bond is the co-founder of <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/whitefox" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Whitefox</a>, a premium publishing services agency, and has over 35 years in traditional publishing, from bookselling to marketing and management. He's also the co-author of <em><a href="https://amzn.to/4wHaMhf" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Going Indie: Publishing Your Book Your Way</a></em>, with James Silver.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Why 2012 was a watershed moment for publishing in the UK</li>



<li>Whether the snobbery around self-publishing has finally gone</li>



<li>How to co-write a book with someone, and why there's no formula</li>



<li>The pride swallowing involved in getting endorsement quotes for your own book</li>



<li>The shadow economy of indie sales that no industry chart measures</li>



<li>The hallmarks of writers who build a long-term career</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find John at <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/whitefox" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">wearewhitefox.com</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with John Bond</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> John Bond is the co-founder of Whitefox, a premium publishing services agency, and has over 35 years in traditional publishing, from bookselling to marketing and management. He's also the co-author of <em>Going Indie: Publishing Your Book Your Way</em>, with James Silver.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So welcome back to the show, John.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> Thank you, Jo. Thanks so much for having me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You were last on the show in 2022. You've been on a couple of times, but just set the scene. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell people a bit more about you and your long background in publishing.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> I suppose I could say I started as a marketing manager at Penguin back in the early 1990s in London, and that role eventually evolved into running sales and marketing, as it often does. I did that at Penguin and at HarperCollins.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I ran one of the publishing divisions at HarperCollins, including 4th Estate, and published Hilary Mantel and Jonathan Franzen and Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie and others.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I left that in 2011 and set up Whitefox in 2012, and it's a classic startup story. It was somebody I worked with at HarperCollins. We sat around a kitchen table, came up with an idea for a business, which was Whitefox, and that's grown into the creative agency that it is today.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> So back then, did you think, &#8220;I can do this better&#8221;? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Was that the impetus, &#8220;I can do publishing better than Penguin and HarperCollins&#8221;?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> No, I thought we would solve a problem. There's something very attractive about that whole startup mentality and beginning something from scratch.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, I was in my early 50s. I'd had a long career in traditional publishing. On the plus side, I knew a lot of people, and I thought I could get meetings, people would reply to my phone calls or my emails. On the downside, I didn't necessarily have the energy of a 20 to 25-year-old.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I knew a lot of people and I knew quite a lot of things, and I also knew what problems something like Whitefox could solve.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We set up with this idea that if we could galvanise and organise the diaspora of freelancers in the publishing space and make them available to anybody that wanted to make a book, that that would be quite a powerful thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">These incredibly creative, wonderful people who were below the radar and were not particularly valued or managed or utilised properly. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I thought if we could access that and make that available not just to traditional publishing people who know about these people, but to individual authors, businesses, brands, people that wanted to make a book, and if you added a layer of our expertise from traditional publishing, that could be quite powerful, I suppose.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's what I was thinking back then.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It's funny, though. You said these wonderful freelancers who were not particularly valued or managed or utilised properly. That could also apply to a lot of authors in traditional publishing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> Totally. Totally. But if I'm honest, I don't think I was thinking about that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What's really evolved since we started, even in that 2011, 2012 period, is so much has happened to independent writers, indie authors. The whole ecosystem has become much more vibrant, and what is accessible to those writers is much greater.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'd like to think we've played a part in that. What that's done is put power back into writers' hands, and that quickly became apparent in the business as a byproduct of what we'd set up.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, and 2012 I do think in the UK was a pivot point, because I got into self-publishing in 2006/2007 when the Americans did with the beginning of the Kindle and the iPhone. Really the American ecosystem grew first.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I happened to be in Australia, and so I think I was able to escape the negativity of the vortex in the UK, which took a number more years to embrace self-publishing as a force to be reckoned with as opposed to an embarrassing thing in the corner for vanity press.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do you see 2012 as a changing point in UK publishing?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> I think we'd just come out of the Kindle moment, hadn't we? There were all sorts of conversations going on about how that was going to change things forever. I think no one quite knew what the upshot of that was going to be, but we knew that it was incredibly disruptive.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In 2012, Penguin, as it was then, before Penguin Random House, had offered to buy Author Solutions for $115 million, presumably seen as some kind of defensive measure as to what the market was going to evolve into. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think it felt like a real period of change. In the UK, James Daunt took over running Waterstones, and he was then ultimately going to run Barnes & Noble.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It felt like a bit of a watershed. I think we were lucky in that sense, that maybe in the UK and in London, what we were creating coincided with an opening up of opportunity and creativity, and people wanting access to more tools to be able to do things themselves.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Getting this idea that you invest in your own talent and what that could mean for your ability to do things quicker, better. Some of it was happenstance, but lucky for us. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As you say, we then became aware that in a sense a lot of these things had come to fruition earlier on the US side. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In London, that whole idea of setting up something that wasn't a traditional rights-owning model, but where you wanted to be working with people creatively, felt actually really exciting and timely.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And when you started to work with independent authors, probably a couple of years after that, you started to work with a lot more indie authors and things really started to change in terms of the business side. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Did you feel any of the snobbery from the traditional industry?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Like you mentioned, you have a lot of contacts, a lot of connections. I came to your wonderful launch party and there were just people from all over the industry. I wondered if you got any kickback, or if anyone raised their eyebrows a little bit at who you were choosing to work with?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> Oh, definitely. And I would say I really think that's gone. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You may think differently, Jo, but from my perspective, I think there has been such an evolution in the nearly 15 years that we've been going. So any of that residual snobbery, looking down your nose at people that were going DIY, producing multiple books, learning from every single publication.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We've spoken about this before. I remember you sat on the panel of a FutureBook conference in the UK, which was run by a trade magazine, with this idea of looking at the, in quotes, &#8220;digital future of the business.&#8221; It felt like there were a lot of things being talked about, but not a lot of action on the traditional side.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I suppose some sort of awe that there was some magic going on with people who were making a success of self-publishing. But then quite a lot of people looking down their noses at things that shouldn't get through the gatekeepers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do think that's gone. Or if it's not completely gone, I can see it on the way out of the door, because there's no room for that when agents are struggling to sell books to publishers because publishers are looking at the next indie author, the next Freida McFadden, the next Sarah J. Maas, the next Rebecca Yarros.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So whoever it may be, or wherever they're publishing, whatever they're doing now, wherever they may be, knowing that a lot of those people will already be publishing and be on not their first, second, third or fourth, but potentially their 10th or 11th book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's a race to see who can help those authors, as a traditional publisher would see it, amplify what they're doing. I think the idea that there's an us and them, if it did exist then, which it certainly did in certain publishing quarters, is gone.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I used to go to those conferences, like the FutureBook Conference, and certain publishers would talk about publishing, and when they meant publishing, they meant a really tiny area of quite literary, traditional imprints. That's what publishing meant.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They didn't even mean publishing to mean educational publishing, or children's publishing, or academic publishing, and certainly not Kindle or POD or whatever. So I think that's had to change for very good, sound, commercial, economic reasons.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, you're right. I definitely have heard, as we go to similar events sometimes, and you do hear agents used to talk a lot more about finding books very occasionally in a slush pile, or doing courses so you could meet people and do pitch events and all this.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now it's often build an audience on BookTok or whatever, and sell lots of books, and traditional publishing as an amplifier, as you said. That's how I always hear them pitch it now, the question of—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What can traditional publishing still do when indie authors can do so much?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It does seem to be, well, we can amplify you, we can get you into traditional press, we can get you in traditional bookstores, we can help you with film and movie deals, that kind of thing. So that's really interesting, because that's actually changed quite a lot.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They don't now seem to say, &#8220;Oh, well, we can make sure we pay you,&#8221; or, &#8220;We are editorial success as such.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> I think they don't say editorial success or quality or indeed marketing, because that was what used to be said. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think there's an understanding that a lot of indie writers are better marketeers of their own books than traditional publishers, and if you go into the publishing machine, then you'll get your slot. It lasts for a certain period of time and then that moves on to another book. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whereas obviously if you're writing your own book and you're marketing your own book, you're able to do that yourself 24/7 wherever you are in the world, and you will know more about your readers and your audience and how that evolves than a traditional publisher would.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What they probably mean now is, as you said, as much as anything, distribution, or even physical distribution. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because to be part of that process, I think that is still where a large conglomerate is able to wield some muscle, with this idea that if you physically want to see your book in bricks and mortar retailers in X outlets around the world, that's potentially easier to do if that is your aim, via a traditional publisher.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it is constantly evolving, because it used to be that marketing was the silver bullet, and I don't think that's the case anymore.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> No. We'll come back to marketing, shall we? Struggling with marketing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So let's get into your book. You recently co-wrote <em>Going Indie</em> with James Silver, <em>Publishing Your Book Your Way</em>. Obviously you already knew a lot about indie authors, so I wonder, what did you discover in the process of researching the book and the interviews you did? And I was one of your interviews. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Did anything come up that surprised you, since you're already pretty embedded in the world?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> I would say some of it was reinforcing what I knew. So how everything is so intertwined, how in some ways unlinear everything is.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">People are doing lots of things in a different order to the way that traditionally writers would perceive this relay race of a manuscript gets passed to an editor, an editor passes on. That's just not how it is or needs to be anymore.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I still think there is—not even a misconception—but I think there's a received wisdom that when you're talking about self-publishing, you're talking about fiction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The majority of books that Whitefox produces are not fiction, they're non-fiction. Some of them are quite mainstream, some of them are quite niche. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That idea of connecting to your audience and your followers, and being slightly more scientific about how you find readers in your non-fiction niche, I think is still unspoken about in a way, in that genre fiction tends to be what people automatically assume the conversation is about.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This probably doesn't surprise you, but I was pleasantly surprised to have it confirmed to me quite how much swapping and sharing there is of skills and knowledge in that space. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm not saying indie writing is egoless at all, but there's quite a lot of sharing of knowledge and what works, and collaboration, which I think is great to see.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Again, if you've, as I did many years ago, come out of corporate conglomerate publishing, traditional publishing, there's less of that by the very nature of the kind of organisation.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And look, we just talked about marketing a little while ago. I do think this whole idea that the cutting edge of experimentation, it's not traditional publishing, it's indie writers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They are looking at not just how to find readers, but how to fulfil orders, how to make commercial sense of what they're doing from the absolute outset and get-go of what they're doing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And just how now the lines are blurring between what would be classified as traditional digital publishers and the writers who are doing their own thing, or doing their own thing on behalf of a few other writers. Those lines have completely blurred.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There used to be this traditional hardback, paperback, X number of books a year, a year after hardback there's a paperback. This is the model we have been doing for centuries, and people doing things on their own. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that's blurring massively, and the Venn diagrams of people's areas of expertise are just overlapping massively.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Well, I think you're right there, and certainly the hardback special editions with sprayed edges and foil. A lot of us now are doing that first and not putting out the other, or putting out the rest of it at the same time. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I dare say probably there are more indie authors with sprayed edge hardbacks than there are traditionally published authors.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> I'm sure that's right. And what's interesting is if you go to a traditional book printer, they are loving the direct communication with writers, that's not coming through traditional channels and traditional relationships. It's great business, it's interesting. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that's something that's even developed in the last couple of years, that cutting out of some of the middle men required.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, and in terms of supporting freelancers and small publishing houses and printers and stuff, the other thing I've heard is that indie authors pay upfront, or they pay quickly, compared to some of these big publishers who are asking for long lead times and steep discounting. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So actually a lot of these independent businesses are doing better under indie author work than they were under traditional.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> I think that's right, and that's what I mean also about the sharing of information and this collaborative idea of sharing creative knowledge. I mean, I'm making it sound like a kind of 19th century cooperative, which it isn't. I'm not suggesting that for a second.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's this idea that there's a lot of people learning a lot of things and there's a keenness to share some of that information, because if you've developed your own readership for your unique creative product, some of those learnings are very exciting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The printers I've spoken to love working on those kinds of things, because they are also being challenged to come up with new ways of developing ever more innovative physical product.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I think it's a fun, creative time for sure. Things like Kickstarter, which you came on and talked about crowdfunding years ago, and I've obviously done. I think, what am I on now? Seven? I've just done my seventh.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> Wow.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It's so much fun. But now what's happening is traditional publishers are arriving on Kickstarter and all that kind of thing. So we really see a blurring.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Let's come back to your book, so <em>Going Indie</em>. You co-wrote it. Now obviously there are lots of positive sides of collaboration, but in terms of any challenges with collaboration and co-writing and the writing process of doing this? Because I've done this several times and I've found it very challenging. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So tell us about the collaborative writing process.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> We thought a lot about it before we took it on. What I would say, having done it, is I am assuming there is no formula for how you do this.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">At Penguin I worked with a married couple who were crime writers, and they wrote books together. They merged their names so it appeared to be one name. I could not tell you, and they didn't share what that process was, whether they were writing different chapters or &#8230; I don't know. So I can only speak from my own experience.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">James is an established journalist. He's great with deadlines. He was very good at chivvying me along when I needed to be persuaded to hit the deadlines that I'd promised.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I write blogs, I write newsletters, I write content for our website, but this is my first book. I've never written anything of this length. So in a way it started with the structure. It started with this idea that we would play to what we perceived as our respective strengths in terms of writing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We absolutely were not each writing every third word or anything like that. It was a process of trust in different parts. I thought, James had done some research and will be better at writing that. He deferred to me on areas that he took to be my areas of expertise. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We did every interview for the book together. We went over the notes from those before they became part of the interviews for the book. And some of the book's elements are diagrammatic, so those are very easy to collaborate on.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think we tried to be professionally, creatively constructive with each other. So it was raising an eyebrow rather than shouting at each other if we didn't agree about something.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A lot of it was down to the editing, and I don't know what your experience was like with a co-writer, but a lot of it came down to: here is something which is quite baggy. How do we, between us, make this as tight as we possibly can?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don't mean copy editing or proofreading. I mean the actual sort of, how do we get this into a pithy, usable, practical but discursive book? We didn't ever set out for this to be a pure reference book at all. We wanted to take a snapshot of what was going on.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So a lot of it was genuinely trying to do some research and get people to feed into what was going on from lots of different perspectives, which is why we wanted to get mainstream traditional publishers, we wanted to get agents, we wanted to get indie writers, we wanted to get people who have all sorts of experiences and perspectives. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's what makes it what it is, which is, here's what we think are some of the interesting discussion points of what's going on now.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It is a fantastic snapshot. I think it's really interesting—and obviously you also have seen my book, <em>Successful Self-Publishing</em>, which is on its fourth edition—this is one of the difficult things with snapshot type books. So have you already thought about that? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I know this one has just come out, but have you thought, &#8220;Oh no, in five years we have to do it again&#8221;?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> Well, I think we thought we're going to have to address AI, which we do in the book, and we really tried to caveat that with saying, look, so much may change so quickly, and here we are talking about what we know now. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We obviously tried to set the context for where we are now, and we tried as much as possible to make something which would last as long as we can.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think what we did think was, we have tried to make it as international a perspective as possible. But at the same time, we are a London-based agency, and a lot of the views will be from people based in the UK. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think what I would like to explore is something that looks at potentially somewhere like the US, where I think there'll be different people that would perhaps have different perspectives on different things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think we thought about potentially there being future iterations of the book, but not yet.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Not yet. This is the challenge with non-fiction, of course.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On that, I would say what you just said around the US and stuff, the successful UK authors all use the same systems as the US. So I wouldn't say that the US &#8230; I mean, we all have the US companies we all use. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I say Kobo is obviously Canadian, but I would say that we use the same ways of doing things. Obviously you might interview a different author, but &#8230;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> That was all I meant. I meant interviewing. Because we've interviewed agents and authors and publishers and they are largely UK based. So it was the idea that maybe there are some perspectives on things rather than systemic.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Differences.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> Yes. Just that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> So then I guess another challenge, we've kind of nodded to it so far, is marketing. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So let's talk about the challenges of getting this book out in terms of publishing and marketing.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because you've been on the inner circle side, trying to do that for other people's books, but your own book, this is a whole nother thing. So tell us about that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> Well, how do you do it, Jo? I mean, honestly, I've loved some of it. I get how you become completely obsessed with your book and trying to make sure that you can get it into the hands of the people that you want to get it into the hands of.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We've got some great endorsement quotes, which was a task that, how can I say this? I would call it pride swallowing. The idea that you really try and get people to say nice things about your book and, if they don't reply, you think, &#8220;How much do I pester them? How much do I annoy them by asking them again nicely?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And the absolute sheer unadulterated joy when they come back with something positive that you can use and utilise in some way. So that whole process of waiting for feedback, I suppose, and hoping that people are going to like what you've done and help you spread the word for it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We had a launch event, we've given books away. We've published the book as ebook and POD. I think one of the great things about that is it's enabled us to be completely adaptable and make changes right up until the last minute.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That drove everybody in my team completely crazy because we were making changes up until the last minute. So, is the book definitely going to be available on publication date? What's it going to do? You know, all of that kind of stuff.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Also, just getting this idea that I suppose you can never stop. Is that a very obvious thing to say to a writer? It probably is. You just can't stop, because if you go, &#8220;Right, well, I've done it,&#8221; complacency is the enemy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Just as soon as you've got that quote, or someone said that they're going to give you an opportunity to talk about it on a platform, it's just another day and you've got to keep thinking about how you can spread the word and tell people that it exists.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, well, I think that's right, and particularly non-fiction, which unless it's very timely and you must get it out right now. But other than that—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Most books you just have to keep marketing for years. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then just as you say, when do you stop? Well, you kind of never stop unless you want to, unless you want to retire and just give up, basically.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Dean Wesley Smith, who's a big writer in the US and a kind of a mentor of mine in past years, he talks about it as this massive sea of books. And when a book arrives, he pictures it coming down and landing on the water. So the day you launch, it's landed on the water, and then it begins to sink.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then there are all these other books coming down. It's like this rain of books, and your book is sinking as soon as it lands. And your job is to keep it afloat somehow.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> Keep it afloat.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> I think you're right, and it's such an interesting perspective for us, who work with a lot of people who have one book. You know, they've spent 10 years writing it. It's their life story. It's their memoir. It's their self-help book. It's their book that accompanies them on their speaking journey, or whatever.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then there are the people who are writing constantly and can't stop writing because they're exercising that creative muscle all the time and wanting to get better, and wanting to improve and learn and understand why this works and why that hasn't worked.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Just getting a glimpse into what it must be like for that person for whom writing is not a hobby. I kept saying to myself, &#8220;This is not something you're doing as a hobby.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I want this book to be of value to people, and if I'm investing that time and effort into something that I want to get out there, you've got to commit to whatever it is you need to do to make sure you're not sinking.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> I will now not be able to get that image out of my head.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. I know there's people listening who don't have a mind's eye, which I always find fascinating, but for those of us with a mind's eye, you can now picture that and you will never forget it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The other thing, I guess, is that, having done a lot, over 40 books now, the inevitable thing is you cannot keep pushing all of those books back up to the surface. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So when you do get the bug as such of writing, the most interesting thing for all of us is always the next book. It's always like, ooh, the next thing I'm doing, I'm very excited about. So you do have to pick your battles on marketing.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So have you got the bug, do you think? Are you thinking of other books in general?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because as you said, you must be, I guess, in your 60s.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> I am.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You could retire.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> I am. You were talking about that long career. I could. I mean, I really love doing it, and I would love to do more.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think one of the things that surprised me was just how many ideas came up while we were doing the book about tangents that one could take it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have no desire to write a novel. I don't want to do that. I wouldn't be very good at that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do think there are some interesting spaces around where there's a kind of intersection of creativity and learning, and how you can develop books that would help people who are trying to achieve different things in different sectors of publishing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So without getting too granular about it, this book doesn't really address brands who want to become publishers, and I think that is something that our business has developed into working with, not just individuals, but businesses and brands.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think there's definitely spin-offs of this book which are not about repeating what we've done so far. And this whole idea of what you've been doing for a long time, what we've been doing since 2011, 2012, it's evolving now at such a speed.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, who would have known what was going to come out of TikTok? As you talk about TikTok to Shopify, that whole kind of new ways of finding readers, of taking books to market. As you said, Kickstarter, crowdfunding. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's all sorts of things that I think will emerge, because in a funny sort of way traditional publishing at the moment feels quite conservative with a small c.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, the bestsellers. Dan Brown is number one in the bestseller list this week in the UK as I speak, who has been a bestseller forever. And obviously new writers come along the whole time, but the market feels a little bit as if it's waiting now for innovation.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think if that innovation's going to happen, it's probably going to happen in the indie space before it happens in mainstream publishing. So people are coming to us and thinking, does that represent a trend? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Does that represent something which could be a way of looking at something a little bit deeper, doing some research around and creating something which is not a long book, not a massive thesis, but something which is indicative of something which could be useful for people.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Just coming back on the Dan Brown is in the bestseller list. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I think this is completely to do with the way that traditional publishing measures things. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For many years, more than a decade, probably since the beginning of Kindle, certainly the beginning of Kindle Unlimited, there is a shadow economy, I call it, or a parallel economy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would say that almost zero of my own personal sales are measured by any industry standards. Anyone who makes any money from Kindle Unlimited or Kickstarter or Shopify, or selling direct in any form, or selling books at conventions, none of this is measured by any traditional things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As you know, the New York Times list, for example, does not include Amazon sales in their bestseller list. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you've got indie authors in the UK who are incredibly successful who have to decide, say, someone like LJ Ross, for example, decides, &#8220;Okay, I'm going to set up a proper imprint with Gardners or whatever so that I can get in bookstores so that I can hit a Sunday Times list or something.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I would say that seeing things like Dan Brown on a bestseller list has almost no meaning in the shadow indie economy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> No, you're absolutely right. We're not even able to see audiobook sales.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, audio. Any kind of borrows, like Spotify.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> No, you're completely right. I suppose I was making a broader cultural point, that it doesn't feel like there's an enormous amount of innovation going on or risk taking within what I would call mainstream trade publishing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And there doesn't seem to be the need to be, because there will be more consolidation. Small companies will be bought by big companies, so there's growth through acquisition. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's still a hope that something will take off that is a surprise, and there's still an enormous reliance on established brands who, even through the traditional metrics of how you measure them, are probably selling less, but still at the top of the pile. I suppose that's what I was meaning.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, and I agree with what the industry looks at as signals. It's just, as we said, a lot of these signals are invisible.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So coming onto innovation, at London Book Fair this year there were a lot of sessions on AI, and you mentioned AI briefly, and there is a chapter in <em>Going Indie</em> on generative AI. And of course there's a lot of negativity and drama and lawsuits and this, that and the other.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But at the same time, at London Book Fair, a lot of traditional publishers talking about using it, and of course they always say, &#8220;Oh, we use AI only in marketing and business, not with the creative or editorial.&#8221; Everyone makes this distinction.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What are your thoughts on what's happening and where's it going with AI? Is a lot of this stuff not happening in public and just going on behind closed doors?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> I think so. We do have a chapter in the book on AI. We've generated summaries of every chapter using AI, which we explicitly said in the book as well. We've got our Ten Commandments of what we think are useful guidelines.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that there has to be an enormous amount being done, whether it's experimentation or speeding up for efficiency's sake, or things that slow you down, within mainstream publishing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There has to be more than just the guardrails around the creative process. And clearly when we're talking about metadata, book description, cover copy, presumably royalty calculations, presumably if you're trying to grow your newsletters. There has to be an enormous amount of activity going on.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We're driven by the market, so we do not commission. Writers come to us and they either want to work with us and we want to work with them, or that doesn't happen. So we're in a sense seeing what the market is seeing, and that is a whole range of things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As I've said before, there's a lot of sweeping generalisations out there, which if you look back to that Kindle moment, we were talking a little while ago about what was going on in 2010/2011, about the enormous broad brush strokes that were being perceived as a result of Kindle.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Kindle has affected some areas of publishing, it's affected some not at all. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think it will be absolutely fascinating when the sweeping generalisations stop and there becomes, I suppose, even more transparency. The thing that people are looking for, isn't it? A little bit less opaqueness as to what is really being done.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because everybody's being so careful about what they say they're doing and what they're not doing. I suppose ElevenLabs is the one where people are openly engaging on the audio side. I mean, everyone is being so careful and cautious.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Me too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> What do you think? We spoke a bit about AI within the book, and I'm interested to know what you think.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Well, I've obviously been openly talking about it since 2016. I openly talk about using it, and I've got my Patreon community where we talk about how we're using it, and tips on how to use it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But then, because I have been writing and publishing since 2007, 2008, I'm very strong in my creative voice. I'm very strong in my understanding of what I consider to be my level of output, and what I publish under my own name is what I publish under my own name.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> Totally.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> So the problem is for people who are less confident, I think, in what they're doing creatively perhaps. I know some people feel like they're scared it will take over or something. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">When you're as strong-minded as me, it's not taking over anything.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> It's not going to take over anything. And the other side of the coin is how many people are finding Whitefox using ChatGPT.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Mm.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> I'm thrilled that we are emerging, through very detailed briefing of AI, as something that is worth engaging with.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Positive marketing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> Yes, exactly. As you say, I think there's a lot of negativity, and I think it will settle down eventually. I think less hysteria.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, hopefully sooner rather than later.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So as we come to an end, you've been in the publishing industry a long time and seen a lot of people who have disappeared, but also those who've lasted. I wondered if maybe you could comment on those who last, because I definitely feel like I'm in my 50s now, and I want to keep doing this. I'm pretty obsessed with—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What are the hallmarks of people who have a long-term career? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So reflections on that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> Oh, that's such a good question. I think there's some common characteristics and themes. So I think authenticity, I think this idea of being continually curious.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think there are people who can't help but create, and this idea that once you've sort of expelled once, that's enough. I think there's people that just can't stop creating, whatever you do with it. But this idea that the more you do, the better you get, the more you evolve and keep an open mind.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think there's definitely entrepreneurial writers who love this idea of keeping their readers engaged, and how that conversation is something that evolves and that collaboration evolves, is fascinating. I think if you love that, and you listen, there's always an opportunity to keep building on what you do.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love the writers who we work with. I can think of a writer who we're working on his fourth novel at the moment, and he is a bundle of positivity. No matter the trials and tribulations, the things that have gone wrong, his expectations definitely not being met with his first book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He definitely has this idea that he wants to keep writing, he wants to get better, and he is getting better. It isn't a journey that has a beginning and an end. It's something that will continue for as long as he wants to write.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every single book that he has published, he has learned and gained confidence, gained a network of connections that he's utilised himself now to not make the first half a dozen mistakes he made on the first book. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Who knows where it will end up? But certainly the satisfaction he's getting, and the sales he's getting, are growing as he becomes savvier and quicker to make the right choices and decisions.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think that's my honest answer to that. I think there are definitely people who think, &#8220;Phew, I have really wanted to do this book. Now I can rest easy. I've done my book.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then there are people who really, whatever their objective, whatever the definition of success is from the get-go, just can't help creating. I do love that and respect that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don't think our book falls quite into that category, because I think it's a slightly different thing. I think there are people who are still making a success of what they do and redefining that as they go on, and who are really open to ideas and input from different people and are not closed off. I love working with those people.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: So where can people find <em>Going Indie</em> and everything you do online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> Well, <em><a href="https://amzn.to/4wHaMhf" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Going Indie</a></em> is available online at all good bookshops. It's available at Amazon and anywhere you buy books online as ebook and POD. Our website is <a href="https://wearewhitefox.com/the-creative-penn/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">wearewhitefox.com</a>, and you'll find information about not just our book there, but a lot of other things that we're doing on that site.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Brilliant. Well, thanks so much for your time, John. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>John:</strong> Thank you so much, Jo. It's been a pleasure.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/08/12/going-indie-publishing-innovation-and-the-challenges-of-book-marketing-with-john-bond/">Going Indie, Publishing Innovation, And The Challenges Of Book Marketing With John Bond</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/08/12/going-indie-publishing-innovation-and-the-challenges-of-book-marketing-with-john-bond/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="57694380" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_JohnBond26.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>1:07:51</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>How can you tell where the real innovation in publishing is happening right now, and why is it emerging from the indie side first? How do you market your own book when you've spent 35 years marketing everyone else's? John Bond talks about Going Indie and what he's learned about authors who last. In the intro, my thoughts on writing with AI, Charles Dickens and encouragement for the 3-year-old dancing to K-Pop at the wedding, UK copyright law, The end of an era — Hugh Howey; Notre Dame, Paris The post Going Indie, Publishing Innovation, And The Challenges Of Book Marketing With John Bond first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>How can you tell where the real innovation in publishing is happening right now, and why is it emerging from the indie side first? How do you market your own book when you've spent 35 years marketing everyone else's? John Bond talks about Going Indie and what he's learned about authors who last. In the intro, my thoughts on writing with AI, Charles Dickens and encouragement for the 3-year-old dancing to K-Pop at the wedding, UK copyright law, The end of an era — Hugh Howey; Notre Dame, Paris The post Going Indie, Publishing Innovation, And The Challenges Of Book Marketing With John Bond first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>From Blog To Community To Book: A Non-Fiction Author’s Journey With Suzanne Smith</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/08/05/from-blog-to-community-to-book-a-non-fiction-authors-journey-with-suzanne-smith/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/08/05/from-blog-to-community-to-book-a-non-fiction-authors-journey-with-suzanne-smith/#comments</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Wed, 05 Aug 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Author Entrepreneur]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[non-fiction]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37936</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>How can content marketing in a tight niche build the audience that launches your book? And how do you decide whether to hand your self-published bestseller to a traditional publisher. Suzanne Smith shares what she learned in four years of going from blog to book deal.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/08/05/from-blog-to-community-to-book-a-non-fiction-authors-journey-with-suzanne-smith/">From Blog To Community To Book: A Non-Fiction Author’s Journey With Suzanne Smith</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>How can content marketing in a tight niche build the audience that launches your book?</strong> And how do you decide whether to hand your self-published bestseller to a traditional publisher. Suzanne Smith shares what she learned in four years of going from blog to book deal.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, how to stand out as a writer in the age of AI [<a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QsHm_0MEhX8" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Nathan Barry Show</a>; <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2018/02/05/balancing-craft-commerce-nathan-barry/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Interview with Nathan Barry</a>]; thoughts on asset maintenance; <a href="https://www.goodreads.com/giveaway/show/446254-bones-of-the-deep-a-thriller" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Goodreads giveaway on <em>Bones of the Deep</em></a> (Aug 5-20, 2026)</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="400" height="85" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/PublisherRocket.png" alt="" class="wp-image-33606" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/PublisherRocket.png 400w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/PublisherRocket-300x64.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 400px) 100vw, 400px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="http://www.publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>This episode is sponsored by&nbsp;<a href="https://publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Publisher Rocket</a>, which will help you get your book in front of more Amazon readers so you can spend less time marketing and more time writing. I use Publisher Rocket for researching book titles, categories, and keywords — for new books and for updating my backlist. Check it out at&nbsp;<a href="https://publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">www.PublisherRocket.com</a></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full is-resized"><a href="https://theindependentlandlord.com/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="828" height="500" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Suzanne-Smith.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37953" style="aspect-ratio:1.6560121765601217;width:516px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Suzanne-Smith.jpg 828w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Suzanne-Smith-300x181.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Suzanne-Smith-768x464.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Suzanne Smith is the founder of <a href="https://theindependentlandlord.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">The Independent Landlord</a>, and the bestselling author of <em>The Good Landlord Handbook</em>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>How a free blog in a tight niche built the audience for the book</li>



<li>Rewriting the book from scratch when the law changed</li>



<li>Why speed made self-publishing the only option</li>



<li>Building a paid membership after one audience member asked for it</li>



<li>Negotiating a Penguin Random House deal with no agent</li>



<li>Using AI as a business sidekick, with a control room and an engine room</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Suzanne at <a href="https://theindependentlandlord.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">TheIndependentLandlord.com</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with Suzanne Smith</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Suzanne Smith is the founder of The Independent Landlord, and the bestselling author of <em>The Good Landlord Handbook</em>. So welcome to the show, Suzanne.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Thank you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, there's so much to talk about today. But first up—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell us a bit more about you and your background, and how you got into property and writing after a legal career.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Well, I've always loved reading books. In fact, I recently did a French literature degree as a mature student. Being an author was never in the game plan at all. It's not something that I even thought about.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was brought up in New Zealand, so shout out to all the Kiwis and those across the pond in Australia. The thing about it is, Jo, you've lived there yourself. Kiwis are independent, self-reliant and have this great sense of fair play. So that was a very formative experience for me. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We moved back to England when I was 16, and I have become thoroughly anglicised since then, but a Kiwi at heart.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always wanted to become a lawyer. New Zealand in some ways on television is quite American, and there was this American programme called The Paper Chase. It was about all of these students at Harvard studying law, and the professor said, &#8220;You come here with a skull full of mush and you leave thinking like a lawyer.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I thought, &#8220;Oh, I like the sound of that.&#8221; I didn't really know what a lawyer was, but everyone seemed to be very happy that I wanted to become one, and then that was it.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: So you went into law, and then how did you get into property?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> So I worked for 25 years as a solicitor. That's like an attorney if you're American. Started off in a law firm, and then I went into pharmaceuticals and I worked for big companies like what is now GSK, GlaxoSmithKline, and small companies as well. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I started out, it was before the internet, before Google. When you're in house, you're very much a generalist. You do a bit of everything. So you help companies grow their business. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You're not business prevention, but you're still bound by the code of conduct for solicitors. You've got this role of keeping the company on the right side of the law.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I had twins, who were born about five years after I became a lawyer, and I decided to work part-time for a while and did an MBA when they were little, part-time through the Open University. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know Jonathan is doing one at the moment.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. He's finished, so that's exciting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> That was transformational for me, because I had probably been thinking a bit too much as a lawyer, and it helped me to broaden my view of the world and understand all sorts of things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sso I continued going up the greasy pole, and then for my last job, in 2015, I joined a biotech company in Cambridge, England, as general counsel and company secretary. It was a long way from home, about two, three hours' drive from home. So I decided to buy a flat, an apartment, and to stay there in the week. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I thought to myself, &#8220;Well, when I leave this company, I can let it out as a buy-to-let,&#8221; but actually as a landlord. So I stayed there for five years, and then when I left, I let out the property.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The reason why I decided to leave law after 25 years, I had what I call a sliding doors moment, like in the film. I was 50. I was on holiday with my husband, and we'd probably had one too many rum cocktails. And he said to me, &#8220;Well, what do you want to be doing with your life? What would you do if you could do anything?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was thinking, &#8220;Well, I've done law. I want to do something else now.&#8221; I didn't really know what that was, and I'd always been thinking about studying French properly, and that's when I left. So I decided, 18 months later, I left to do a French degree at King's College London, full-time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was the only old person there with lots of 18-year-olds. When I did that, I was able to cash in my share options because I was a good leaver. I retired, and so I started buying properties to let out and became a landlord, without really thinking too much about it, and I used letting agents.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They were fine to begin with, but I didn't really have a game plan or anything like that. What I realised is that when I tried to research things online, I couldn't really find anything that was terribly helpful. It was either quite general or it was very legal.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So after a while&#8230; I became a landlord in 2019. I had the idea, why don't I set up a blog? And this is August 2022, so just four years ago. My husband came up with the idea of the name, The Independent Landlord, because it's that Kiwi spirit, being very independent. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I thought, &#8220;Right, I'm not going to charge anyone for it. It's a hobby. It's not a business. I'm going to pay it forward and help, use my legal training, practical legal approach, and practical common sense, by doing this blog.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Almost exactly four years ago, I sent my first newsletter to 13 people.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Woo-hoo.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> And I sent one last week to over 18,000. So it's been quite a journey.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Wow, this is so great. I love this. There's so much in there. The turning 50 and then doing a degree. My master's in death is a little different to your French literature, but I like it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I love this, and buying properties, starting it on the side, not a business at first, and growing the audience, and obviously you've put so much work in. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then you decide to write a book. So talk about that, because an online blog, although I'm sure your articles and everything were super useful, it's very different to write a blog than a book. So talk about your challenges in writing.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Why did you decide to do a book in the first place?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Again, I was an accidental landlord, is what they call it when you let a property when you didn't intend to buy it as a buy-to-let, which I did with my Cambridge flat. And I became, in many respects, an accidental author.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I was having a conversation with my husband again and I was saying I'd done this lead magnet to get people to sign up to my newsletter, and a big new law was going through Parliament at the time, called the Renters Reform Bill, that was going to completely transform the way landlords operate.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was saying to my husband, &#8220;Oh, I need to update my lead magnet, a little ebook, to explain the new law.&#8221; He looked at me and said, &#8220;Well, why don't you do a proper book? Write a book.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This was on the 29th of September, 2023. The reason why I mention that is that I thought, &#8220;Wow, what a great idea,&#8221; and my head was bursting. I went onto Google, and guess what I downloaded on the 1st of October?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> My blueprint?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Exactly. I found you immediately, the <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/blueprint" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Author Blueprint</a>, and I downloaded it. I checked: on the 1st of October, 2023. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I listened to almost&#8230; well, I think I went back several years on your podcast, just trying to understand. I'm like that. When I try and do something, I just try and learn everything that there is to know about it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I started writing the book, and I guess the first challenge was I write quickly, and I'm used to writing for people who aren't lawyers, being in-house. So I thought I needed to have a structure. The structure was easy in many respects because, a bit of business at the end, and then you can go through a tenancy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I thought it was important to have a narrative thread all the way through it, just to bring it together. This is the literature degree coming in here.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I thought that the mission for everything I do, the reason why I started doing this, is to help landlords, but also to help the experience of renting that people have in England. It's very specific for English law. And to help improve the private rented sector.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that's why I originally set up my blog for free, and I wanted, when people went onto Google, they could find something sensible and very detailed from me. My blog posts were&#8230; Well, I've now got over 400,000 words on my blog, so it's a substantial piece of work that is out there free of charge.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So what I decided to do was to bring this narrative thread, I call it the good landlord ethos, to the book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I wrote very quickly, and I had a pretty good draft by April 2024, because we were all thinking that the law was going to change very soon. But then there was an election, and in the end the government changed and the legislation changed completely, so I had to rewrite the book and start again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think that my biggest challenge was that my subject matter, the new law, changed. Because I wanted to publish this book that explained to people practically what they have to do, and make it really straightforward, keeping out of politics, because it is a very politically charged area. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wanted to write it so it's a manual, somebody could literally follow it. So I used an editor, and I did write the book twice. I had a beta reader who is another lawyer, and a landlord as well. Then I got to the get-the-damn-thing-done stage. The really tedious bit of all the typos at the end.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, the finishing energy to get it out there. So at that point, obviously you'd found my blueprint, so you were learning about the indie way of doing things. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Did you always decide to self-publish?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">How did you think about publishing? What were your challenges in publishing?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> It never occurred to me not to self-publish, because the new law came into effect on the 1st of May, 2026. The law and the details that I needed for the book were finalised in January, and I published on Amazon on the 5th of March, so I had to go so quickly.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even though I'd got a lot of it written, the last bit came in January, and so I needed speed. I knew that for landlords to be able to have something that they can use straightaway to help get them ready for it, and then use as a manual afterwards, I had to be first. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Sorry, just on the year. Was it '24? You said '26. You meant May—</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> 2024? No, no, because I actually published it this year. What happened in 2024, I had the first draft ready, but then I had to do another draft because the law changed when the Labour government came in.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Right.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> The Renters Reform Bill turned into the Renters' Rights Bill. So I had to rewrite the book. So I finished however many drafts at the end of January 2026. Then it went to an editor, et cetera, et cetera, and I managed to get the book ready for a proof, to get the proof printed, towards the end of February.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it was really quick to go from the law being sufficiently finalised for me to write a book in January, and then having it ready in just over a month. There is no way that I could have done that if I'd gone to a traditional publisher.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It didn't even occur to me to go, because I didn't want to be going touting around my book and, &#8220;Please publish me,&#8221; et cetera. It's just not me. I'm the independent landlord, and that moved very easily to being the independent publisher.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I learnt how to do all the publishing. And a huge thanks: I joined your Patreon and I was a very good student. I went through everything systematically and followed your playbook, and used Vellum and BookFunnel and all the other tools.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I decided to go on Amazon as well as have my own Shopify store, which just about killed me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I was going to say, you are an excellent student. You really like learning, but you also put this into practice, which is why I also wanted to talk to you.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">You haven't just talked about all this. You've literally done everything.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Sometimes it was like my head was going to burst. Luckily, Claude upped his game earlier this year when we got the Opus 4.5. I didn't use AI really until this year. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I decided I need to do exercise all the time, and have that as a have-to-do, because my head was spinning all the time with all these different things. So I would go to the gym, go to a spin class, and then I would walk out with my phone on, with the Claude app, and dictate a stream of consciousness into it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">&#8220;Oh, I need to do this, or what about that? Oh, I just remembered about this. Oh, I've had this idea, blah.&#8221; And then said, &#8220;Make sense of it for me, Claude.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it was very much as a thinking partner, because when you're writing your first book, it's bad enough, but when you're learning how to publish&#8230;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even, like, when I got the first proof of the book back from BookVault, I realised that all the footnotes—I have 114 footnotes in my book, and that, again, is the recent degree there—and the formatting had gone skew-whiff. Apparently it was an issue with Vellum, and they were really lovely and they sorted it straight out for me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it shows: always get a proof of the book. They were able to sort that out very quickly, and BookVault were very quick in getting me another proof, because you can shortcut it and just pay to get a very quick delivery.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Amazon, on the other hand, was really slow. It took a week. So I actually published earlier on my Shopify store for my members, of my membership, and I gave them a discount. Then I finally got it onto Amazon on the 5th of March.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are all these different skills you're having to learn. The Shopify store I found very hard, and there was all the tax, because I'm VAT registered. So I think I'm still recovering.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You're still recovering. I wouldn't normally recommend a Shopify store for someone with their first book, doing first of everything. But, as you say, you're someone who learns a lot, puts it into practice, and—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I think you were pretty determined to do that because you had a community as well, right?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Exactly, yes. The big subscriber list. I think that's why the book did so well. So in the first week, because I met you at the Indie Author Lab put on by—</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, London Book Fair, yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Yes, the Alliance of Independent Authors. I met you there, and it was just my first week, and I had 1,000 sales in the first week. That was because of my audience.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'd been going on about the fact that I'm writing this book for two and a half years, because that's how long it took me to do. So I had a wait list for it, and I had a thing on my website, a landing page on my website, saying how good the book was and why it's the best thing for the Renters' Rights Act.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I went onto Google, and I think I sent you a screenshot of this at the time. I put into Google, &#8220;What's the best book for the Renters' Rights Act for landlords in England?&#8221; And it came up with me as a featured snippet, and I hadn't even published it at that time. It was just about there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the blog really helped, because I'd become an authority on the Renters' Rights Act. Even though I'm not a practising solicitor any more, I spent all my time reading the damn thing, and it is a very complicated bit of legislation.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Funnily enough, I have ruffled a lot of feathers. People have even said about me behind my back, &#8220;What does she know? She's only got four properties.&#8221; But I just took no notice. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I thought, &#8220;I'm going to try and use my legal brain and my understanding of what it's like being a landlord, there with the rubber gloves cleaning an oven when people have moved out, and try and write something that's not trying to sell anything else, and to help people.&#8221; And then it got picked up.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. Wait, let's just slow down. Slow down, because we will get onto that in a minute. But let's just come back to that launch.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So as we talked about, you've had a blog for five years—</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> It was three and a half by then.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Three and a half years you've been blogging, but hundreds of thousands of words of useful information. So you've essentially done content marketing. You've attracted people. You had a lead magnet. You got them on your email list. You told them that you were writing a book. You got a sort of pre-sales list up.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So that's an email list. You've got a blog. Did you do anything else in terms of marketing?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> I had YouTube, a big YouTube channel. I'd only set it up at the end of 2024, and I'd had half a million views. And again, just very straightforward advice, and without all the scaremongering and politics. I deliberately keep out of it all. A lot of people joined my newsletter as a result of that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Also a year ago, exactly today, I was running a Facebook group, which was a lot of hard work. There were a few thousand people in it, but there are often a lot of people going in there trying to sell things: insurance, eviction specialists and things. And there was also a lot of people just being unpleasant to other people.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was getting fed up with it. It was taking me a lot of time, and I was doing a lot of speaking events and trying to explain what this new law was doing, and wearing myself out. I'm an extrovert, but even I find speaking events absolutely exhausting, because it's like everything gets sucked out of you. It's strange.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then somebody came up to me in July last year and said, &#8220;Suzanne, can you set up a membership?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I said, &#8220;Well, landlords aren't going to pay for that.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And they said, &#8220;Yes, they will. You build it and they will come.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I asked ChatGPT and thought about it. I asked ChatGPT, who I was dating at the time, now exclusively with Claude, but I know Claude has other people in his life. But I'm very much set with Claude Fable at the moment.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I asked ChatGPT, how can I go about setting up a membership? And I mentioned your one and said, &#8220;Should I do it on Patreon?&#8221; And then he came back with: go for Circle. So I set up a membership on Circle, exactly a year ago. In fact, it's the anniversary of my first member yesterday.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">hTe rules I had were, no selling. So I don't sell, no affiliate links, no one else can sell anything, and we have to be supportive. No negativity, no politics.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So what it's become, it's like the senior common room of the private rented sector, with landlords, lawyers, letting agents. There's a fantastic forum in there. It's not me doing it, it's peer-to-peer.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have twice-monthly live streams where people can ask me questions. I wonder where I got that from. No, I very much modelled it on your Patreon, but on a different platform. I have courses in there as well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that has really grown. I launched it in July, and by September, October, I'd gone past the VAT threshold, which has complicated everything, but it means my business now is this membership. I really enjoy doing it, and there hasn't been all the negativity that you have in a Facebook group.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I had them as&#8230; talk about your thousand fans. There are about 1,500 in the membership, and their support really helped the launch of my book, as well as the wider people who get my free newsletter.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> So it's all different types of content marketing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Y, but I do love this. And of course, if people are wondering, I joined Patreon back in 2014, I think it might have even been before that, and there weren't too many places back then to run communities. It wasn't even really a community at the time, it was a sort of, almost a &#8220;give me a bit of support for the podcast.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So things have changed a lot in terms of communities, and obviously you went with Circle, which is great. Patreon is slightly different now, and some people are using Substack for something similar. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that's just on the platform, but on the business: early on in our conversation you said, &#8220;I wasn't going to have a business. It wasn't a business. It was just putting stuff out there, helping other people,&#8221; and then your audience asked for this membership. And so now it is a business, right?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Yes, it is.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And you've got a book and all of this. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So are you happy with the change to a business? Because obviously you have to treat it quite differently.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Yes, I am, because I think to begin with, I was just doing it one or two days a week. I was actually studying a master's in French literature part-time, and I then found that I was enjoying the blog more than the master's, so I dumped the master's after the first year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But after getting 88% for one of my dissertations, which interestingly was on the translation of a Simone de Beauvoir book into English, and the publisher who's got that now is Random House, but that's another thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Anyway, so I decided to give up my master's and double down and work full-time on the blog. People were paying to help me with all the big fees and things, the big tech stack, Buy Me a Coffee. I was doing a little bit of consulting and things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was working six, seven days a week. I was treating it like a business in terms of quality and my effort, but it wasn't a business in terms of revenue. Then it just all came together, and this person said, &#8220;Set up a membership,&#8221; and I thought, &#8220;That's what I'm going to do. I'm now going to put it on a business setting.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've got an MBA, I know how to do it, and people thought I planned it, but I didn't. It just happened.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So now I do very much treat it as a business, but I still don't advertise. I don't allow people to advertise with me, because I want to be independent. If I recommend something, I want people to believe it's me recommending it, not just because someone's paying me, which can be a big issue in the landlord area.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, in any industry. I get pitched every day with loads of random things that people are like, &#8220;Oh, a dollar a click or whatever, if you send this to your list.&#8221; And it's like, seriously? Just stop it already.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I did just want to add there: somebody asked you, they said, &#8220;You should have a community,&#8221; and that sparked that idea. I just wanted to acknowledge that my Patreon came from Jim Kukral. Some of you will remember, who've been around a long time. Jim Kukral came on my blog around sort of 2013.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Amanda Palmer had just put out a book called <em>The Art of Asking</em>, and I was doing a lot of unpaid work on the podcast at the time, and I was either going to give it up or I had to fund it somehow. Jim said, &#8220;You should do a Patreon.&#8221; And I was like, &#8220;Oh, no, I hate asking for money.&#8221; So at the time I just felt, oh, weird.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I was like, &#8220;No, I do all this work,&#8221; as you were saying. Now the Patreon has changed so much in terms of what it is, but it is the backbone of my business, too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I love that you listened to one of your fans who said what they wanted, and I love that I've listened as well. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Sometimes we just have to listen to those urges, don't we, to take things on?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Yes, absolutely. In some ways I didn't really back myself before. I thought, &#8220;No one's going to pay for this.&#8221; Then the more you give, the more they want.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> What I've been really working on now is having boundaries, because there were two big kind of mottos that I picked up when I was working in pharmaceuticals.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One was from a head of the business. He was Canadian, and he was always saying, &#8220;You've got to skate to where the puck is heading.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's Wayne Gretzky, is it?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Exactly. Yes. He would always say it, and so that's what I've done with my blog and my book. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I write things, I don't pay for any tools. I don't do keyword searches and all that. I just think, I do one blog post per topic, and I'm going to guess what people are going to be searching for soon, and I build up all this content around it. That's why most of my blog pages are top five.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've had no advertising. I haven't asked for any backlinks. I don't do it. People backlink to it because it's useful.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that was the first thing, is skate to where the puck is heading, and that was my approach with the book. I knew people would need this book from around May, and they'll need it forever, because it is so complicated and regulated, the rules for being a landlord in England.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that was the first one. The second thing was: when you take something on, you've got to let something go. One in, one out. I found that I was taking on so many different things, and I've just been cutting back, because I can't be doing all the speaking, I can't be answering people's emails.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I now don't do emails. If people want my advice on something, they ask me in the hub, at the twice-monthly live streams. Sometimes I answer in the forums, but I don't have time. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When there are 2.4 million landlords in the UK, and even with our 18,000 on my newsletter, I could spend, and I did, I used to spend all my time replying to emails.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So anyway, there are the things. Oh, and there was a third one, which is: attract, don't chase. One of my friends gave me that advice and that's exactly what my approach has been. I just don't chase for anything. I just put the stuff there and then build it and they will come.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, and I think another thing is the power of the niche. It's so clear that what you write about, the people you are aiming at, you have an extremely tight target market.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That is both a strength and obviously a weakness, because they're the only people. But as you say, there's more than enough of those people for a community, for the book you have.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">From my own perspective, that's the same for me, the power of the niche. That's how I have a successful podcast, for example, because of that reason.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think you're like a poster child of what a non-fiction author should do. What I like is that you didn't go, &#8220;Oh, where's a niche where I could make money?&#8221; and then jump in. You've gone about this in a kind of slightly accidental way, but now you're leaning in and this uses all your skills.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So this really is a great example of the power of the niche and then making the most of it. But let's move on to what then happened, and—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What happened with the book deal?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Wow. So you and I met each other on whatever day that was in March at the Indie Author Lab, and the following day I got an email, via my website on a contact form, from Penguin Random House saying, &#8220;We love the book. We love the mission, its values,&#8221; all this kind of thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And I was thinking, &#8220;Oh, it's another one of those. Must be an—&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> AI spam bot, right?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Yes, and I remember I sent you a screenshot of it, and then I checked her out on LinkedIn and thought, &#8220;Okay, there is somebody with that name there.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You're always saying, and Orna Ross and everyone are always saying, &#8220;Watch out for scams.&#8221; And in fact, Penguin Random House even this weekend on Instagram put out something saying, &#8220;There are lots of people impersonating us.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I didn't take it too seriously, and it was something like, &#8220;Oh, would you be interested in us publishing your book?&#8221; And I thought, and I laughed. It was like, no, this is too good to be true.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I replied and said&#8230; Oh, I said, &#8220;Well, thank you so much. The Renters' Rights Act&#8230;&#8221; And so this is like the second week in March. &#8220;The Renters' Rights Act comes into effect on the 1st of May. If you want to publish it, you're going to need to get your skates on.&#8221; I literally did say that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then she arranged a meeting with me the next day, on the Friday. I still was very dubious about it, and I had a think about it. What helped me, and I have the little booklet here: at the Author Lab, we did some work at the beginning, and Orna said, &#8220;Put your phones away.&#8221; And it was like, &#8220;What? Put my phone away?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then we had to do this definition of success, and our passion, and our mission, and our purpose. I wrote down things like, I want to help landlords, and in so doing, help improve the private rented sector. I get pleasure from helping people. I want to improve standards and use my legal and practical skills, et cetera.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I thought, &#8220;Okay, what is my purpose of doing this book?&#8221; It isn't really to make money, because going with Penguin, you wouldn't do that for financial reasons, because you'd make very little money.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I thought, what is my why? My why is I want as many people to read this book as possible. And I've managed to sell a few thousand copies, but there are 2.4 million landlords, and they all need to understand this book, and the only way that I can get it out there, apart from doing ads, is to get it out in bookstores.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I thought about it, and then said, &#8220;Yes, I will do it, because I want to get the book out there.&#8221; So it's distribution.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's going to be published on the 6th of August, which is really quick, bearing in mind they contacted me in the middle of March. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's exactly the same book, it's just got different copyright wording and different blurb, different paper. Same cover, because I managed to find a fantastic cover person to do it. So they've kept everything the same.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So we negotiated that book. I have no agent. They came to me. It's the attract, don't chase. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I just put my lawyer hat on, and because one licence is very much like another one&#8230; I did turn down their first offer.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Well done. Good negotiation.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> My daughter said to me, who's an adult daughter, she said, &#8220;But it's Penguin.&#8221; And I said, &#8220;Well, no, but it doesn't work for me.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I had a call with them, and then they came up with something that worked for me a bit more. I did have to concede on a few things, like I can't sell it in my Shopify store. But in some ways, that was a blessing in disguise, because it means I don't get any more &#8220;Where's my book?&#8221; emails.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, exactly. Pros and cons of everything, basically.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> I have very clear rights to get it back. If I want it back, I can get it back and I don't have to give a reason.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They're lovely. They have been really very wonderful. When I went up there a month or so ago, they gave me this book bag, and it's got on it, &#8220;I'm published by Penguin,&#8221; and I burst into tears.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Aw. That's nice.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> I don't know, it just seemed like such a big deal. Because up until then I was just being all very lawyerly and task-orientated. Then I thought, &#8220;Oh my goodness,&#8221; and then it dawned on me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I'm now in this interim period where I've taken it off Amazon and off my Shopify store, and I feel very maternalistic towards the book because, you know, it took me two and a half years, which is longer than a pregnancy. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Obviously it's not a child, but it's like my book child. I've sent it off with a backpack and a drink and some snacks, and I hope that they look after him, my book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The day I took it off Amazon it was still number one. And a big shout-out to Publisher Rocket, by the way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. Very, very useful for niche publishing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Very. It helped me choose the right niche categories. So it was number one on at least one category, often six, all the way through. I thought, &#8220;Well, it's over to them now.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They're very lovely people. They've given me some marketing assets, as they call it, some swanky graphics and things to use. We'll have to see what we do in terms of marketing. I don't mind doing marketing. I'm on LinkedIn quite a bit, and my whole blog is marketing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What I've been doing is updating my blog to include one of these graphics and to mention the book, and I got Claude to help me draft the code so it looked right. So I've been going through all of my blog posts and sending people to Amazon rather than to my Shopify store.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is mixed feelings, because I care about my book. I put a lot of effort, a lot of love, a lot of tears. No, not tears, but I put a lot of effort into it, and it's out of my control now.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, you said it's over to them, but obviously you will still be creating content around this topic, so you'll probably still be the biggest driver of book sales.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Are they also suggesting, for example, a podcast tour, like pitching for podcasts? Are they going to assign you some PR? Because, also if people don't know, as we are recording this, we have a new prime minister who wants to do various things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You said no politics, but this is obviously a political thing. So you have the potential to go on a lot of different podcasts, media, talking about this, becoming almost a talking head in this kind of area. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So are you angling for all that, and is that in your contract, or is it literally just going to be whatever you want to do?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> That's not in the contract. What's in the contract is very minimal. I think I've already done what I'm supposed to do. They are pitching for me to go on podcasts and things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll tell you a really funny coincidence. So we now have a new Prime Minister, Andy Burnham, and when he was Mayor of Greater Manchester, he set up something called the Good Landlord Charter.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I actually talk about it in the book, and I quote him in my book saying that good landlords mean people trying to do the right thing, or something like that. And I coincidentally came up with the same name, <em>The Good Landlord Handbook</em>. I'd already had the book title for a long time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So this idea of good and landlord coming together, the adjective good as opposed to criminal or rogue, and the cover being green. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm wanting to change the narrative so it's the norm to have a good landlord, and to help people become good landlords. Or if they're good landlords, help them to understand the new rules, because the new rules are very complicated.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So what I don't get involved in is this right or wrong. Is it right that landlords can't do this or have to do this? Because as an in-house lawyer, it doesn't really matter what I think about the law. GDPR, goodness me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, dear. Let's not start on GDPR.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> No, exactly. Because we've just got to suck it up. I liken it to the grief cycle, that people have been going through so much change and you have the anger, the depression—</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Denial.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Bargaining, the denial, and then you get to acceptance.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For some people, the acceptance means they want to stop doing it. If you want to accept it and stay, you need to understand the rules. So I've deliberately just kept very practical and have kept out of all the politics of it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have, funnily enough, become involved because I'm now seen as an expert on the Renters' Rights Act. I've worked behind the scenes with the government to help, and give comment on government guidance for landlords. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was even invited to a reception to mark the passing of the Renters' Rights Act at Downing Street with the previous prime minister, all whilst staying apolitical.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I won't let anyone make me be a mouthpiece for their political view. It's more, we just have to do this if we want to continue doing it. I've been very clear on that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It's interesting you mention the grief cycle there, and you've also mentioned Claude and ChatGPT. I wonder if you might also just comment on use of AI for authors and for marketing and all this. Also with legal stuff, because for me now, if I'm looking at a particular legal thing, I tend to ask Claude. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm like, &#8220;Can you just explain this?&#8221; or upload a contract or whatever. Although it is not legal advice, it can be quite useful.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So give us your thoughts on using AI as a sidekick in your author business and also for wider life.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> I now struggle to think what life would be like without Claude. I don't use Claude to write, at all, because I have a very particular voice and a turn of phrase, and if ever Claude writes something for me, it doesn't sound like me. It flattens me, and it makes me sound a bit American. So I don't do that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've used it in the back end of the business. For instance, my blog was down, and there was something called a recursive bot, which I don't even know what it was, and Claude helped me fix it for free. I went through, I did screenshots.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I did an ElevenLabs audiobook and did it all myself, I was literally, for every screenshot, showing it to Claude. Claude said, &#8220;Do this, press this, press that.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I have all these different projects set up. One is the control room, where it's for my strategic thinking. If I have an idea, I want to think about something, I put it in there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have the engine room, which is for everything techy. Like when I had the recursive bot, or if I'm wanting to have some code on the website to make it look a particular way. Then I have other things for different subjects, and I put all the resources in there, and I use it a lot as a thinking partner.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've noticed that Fable doesn't hallucinate as much, but the Opus used to. There's something called rental discrimination, and it was proofreading and said, &#8220;No, it's not rental discrimination, it's rental income discrimination,&#8221; and that was just a load of rubbish. So I would never let it go and change things without me looking at it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I went on one of your webinars a month or so ago about MCPs and all the connectors, which is fantastic. It can go into my community and pull out all the questions for one of my live streams and put it into a document in order, by theme, for instance.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It can look at my MailerLite, because that's where my newsletter is with, and analyse the different open rates and click rates and things. It's so good for analysing everything, all the book sales. It helped me with my negotiation with Penguin, and it is pretty good on law.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It has sometimes hallucinated things, but not so much now. I think with anything, you've always got to go back to the primary source, and this is what we learn in academia: you have to check the primary source yourself.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have a bit of a magpie brain. I'm very much a discovery writer, like you, and things occur to me as I'm doing it. I think that Claude, at the moment, is incredible. I've been quite open about it on social media that I have Claude as a business partner.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm a solopreneur, or whatever the word is. I have quite a big business now, and lots of different things, and it's just me doing it, because I can ask Claude how to do this, and how to do that. Claude can go and check my emails and tell me, is there somebody I've not replied to, which helps a lot.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. I think it's empowering as a solopreneur as such. You talk there about the fixing the tech stuff. I have my web host come to me and say, &#8220;Look, you're getting so much traffic and bot stuff, and we need to put this thing in, and it's going to be $120 extra a month.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was like, &#8220;Can you just give me an hour? I'll get back to you.&#8221; And then I just had Claude code up, and I was like, &#8220;Analyse this and tell me what we can do.&#8221; It was like, &#8220;No, you just need to flip this switch and do that.&#8221; And I'm like, &#8220;Okay, fair enough.&#8221; Then the guy said, &#8220;Oh, no, okay, actually you don't need it.&#8221; Just stuff like that. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">As a solopreneur, you're either going to pay somebody technically quite a lot of money, or you can get Claude or ChatGPT. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We should say, the ChatGPT Sol is very good, like the Claude Fable, for example. So, yes, using it as a sidekick.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love your control room and your engine room projects as well. That's a great way of doing it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> I wouldn't be without it now, and I would have published the book a lot later without Claude, because Claude was helping me with the Shopify store and all the many steps of things. It saved me real time. It is just fantastic.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think, like now when I'm updating my blog, I have a connection between Claude and my blog. Claude can go in, I can give it my Google Search Console results for the page: what should I change, are the headings right? All this kind of thing. And it will give me a view on every single page, which is incredible.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And YouTube, and just everything. Just super useful for that business sidekick.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's what I want authors to think. I feel like authors get so obsessed with the creative side with AI, whereas actually, people like you and me, we're using it as that engine room for the solo business, which is what I love.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So we're out of time. I did want to ask one more thing, which is, one of the biggest issues with a specific book like yours is when they change the law again. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So do you have a plan in place for if, say, a new government changes the law again? Will you just be updating the book over time?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> I think that there'll need to be a new edition of the book in three years' time, and I've spoken to Penguin about it. Not all of this new law has been implemented, and there's going to be case law and things. So I expect that I will update the book every few years. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have some other ideas for books as well, but for the moment, I'm just taking a bit of a break. You always say we've got to refill our creative well. I really feel like that at the moment.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Recently I've just got myself a personal mobile phone so that I can turn off my work one when I'm on holiday and actually take time off. Because for all the time that I was doing the book, basically from Christmas until May, I didn't have one day off. That is not good. So I'm just trying to be a bit more balanced.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had an idea to write another book for summer, but I've just decided not to, and I'm going to leave it until I feel the urge again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, well done.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Which will come.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, well done.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> I think there's nothing wrong with that. We just need to think what's right for us. I'm 58. So I want to be able to have time to enjoy things and not be working all the time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> No, that's great. It's a sustainable business. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So where can people find you and the book and your community online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> The easiest way to find me is <a href="https://theindependentlandlord.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">theindependentlandlord.com</a>. Or if you put Suzanne Smith and landlord into Google, you'll find me as well, and there's a link on there to the book, <em>The Good Landlord Handbook</em>. In the community, there's a link to that on my website as well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Brilliant. Well, thanks so much for your time, Suzanne. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Suzanne:</strong> Thank you.</p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/08/05/from-blog-to-community-to-book-a-non-fiction-authors-journey-with-suzanne-smith/">From Blog To Community To Book: A Non-Fiction Author’s Journey With Suzanne Smith</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/08/05/from-blog-to-community-to-book-a-non-fiction-authors-journey-with-suzanne-smith/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="62146094" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_SuzanneSmith.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>1:13:09</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>How can content marketing in a tight niche build the audience that launches your book? And how do you decide whether to hand your self-published bestseller to a traditional publisher. Suzanne Smith shares what she learned in four years of going from blog to book deal. The post From Blog To Community To Book: A Non-Fiction Author’s Journey With Suzanne Smith first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>How can content marketing in a tight niche build the audience that launches your book? And how do you decide whether to hand your self-published bestseller to a traditional publisher. Suzanne Smith shares what she learned in four years of going from blog to book deal. The post From Blog To Community To Book: A Non-Fiction Author’s Journey With Suzanne Smith first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>How To Prove The Demand For Your Stories And Get The Attention Of Hollywood With Brooks Elms</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/29/how-to-prove-the-demand-for-your-stories-and-get-the-attention-of-hollywood-with-brooks-elms/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/29/how-to-prove-the-demand-for-your-stories-and-get-the-attention-of-hollywood-with-brooks-elms/#comments</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Wed, 29 Jul 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Author Entrepreneur]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[screenwriting]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37875</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>How can building an audience in advance help your stories reach the people who make movies? And how can you prove there's demand for your book or screenplay before you've written it? Brooks Elms shares his advice after more than 20 years as a WGA screenwriter.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/29/how-to-prove-the-demand-for-your-stories-and-get-the-attention-of-hollywood-with-brooks-elms/">How To Prove The Demand For Your Stories And Get The Attention Of Hollywood With Brooks Elms</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>How can building an audience in advance help your stories reach the people who make movies?</strong> And how can you prove there's demand for your book or screenplay before you've written it? Brooks Elms shares his advice after more than 20 years as a WGA screenwriter.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, what doesn't work for book marketing and what does [<a href="https://amychan.substack.com/p/i-spent-44000-launching-my-book-three" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Amy Chan SubStack</a>; <em><a href="https://amzn.to/4vOzifu" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Unsingle</a></em>; <a href="https://www.rephonic.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Rephonic</a>]; <a href="https://www.goodreads.com/giveaway/show/446254-bones-of-the-deep-a-thriller" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Goodreads giveaway for <em>Bones of the Deep</em></a>; <a href="https://futurevisionxprize.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">FutureVision XPrize</a>.</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/kwl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="1024" height="176" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-1024x176.png" alt="" class="wp-image-35982" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-1024x176.png 1024w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-300x52.png 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-768x132.png 768w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-1536x264.png 1536w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-2048x352.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/kwl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>This podcast is sponsored by&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/kwl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kobo Writing Life</a>, which helps authors self-publish and reach readers in global markets through the Kobo eco-system. You can also subscribe to the&nbsp;<a href="http://kobowritinglife.com/category/kwl-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kobo Writing Life podcast</a>&nbsp;for interviews with successful indie authors.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full is-resized"><a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/brookselms" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="748" height="500" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Brooks-Elms.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37905" style="aspect-ratio:1.4960467514609832;width:401px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Brooks-Elms.jpg 748w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Brooks-Elms-300x201.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Brooks-Elms-600x400.jpg 600w" sizes="(max-width: 748px) 100vw, 748px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Brooks Elms is a WGA screenwriter with over 45 scripts, over a dozen sales, and he has directed two indie features. He is the creator of the Answer the Call system and has trained over 1,000 writers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Note</strong>s</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>How to see the opportunity in AI when others only see the threat</li>



<li>How to test a story with samples, and what a 16-second movie can do</li>



<li>Building the trailer before you write the screenplay</li>



<li>Letting your audience finance the film once they have validated the idea</li>



<li>Why Hollywood still wants existing IP, and what makes them pay attention</li>



<li>Feeling safe enough to write the truth, and finding a concrete path forward</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Brooks on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/brookselms" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">LinkedIn</a> or email him at <a href="mailto:brooks@brookselms.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">brooks@brookselms.com</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with Brooks Elms</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Brooks Elms is a WGA screenwriter with over 45 scripts, over a dozen sales, and he has directed two indie features. He is the creator of the Answer the Call system and has trained over 1,000 writers. So welcome to the show, Brooks.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> Thank you. It's awesome to be here.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Fantastic. So first up—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell us a bit more about you and how you got into screenwriting.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> I started filmmaking first. A buddy came up to me in high school and said, &#8220;Hey, we're making a karate movie, do you want to help us?&#8221; I was like, &#8220;Oh my God, yes, that sounds amazing.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So next thing I know, I had this karate outfit on, and we were just making this completely ridiculous and totally fun movie, and it was amazing. It was so fun.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then it went to a whole other level when we shared it with a friend, this guy Jay Sharon, and he watched the movie and he laughed so hard he literally fell out of his chair. I was like, &#8220;Oh my God,&#8221; the fun I had making it could actually transfer to somebody else. I was hooked.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So from there I went to NYU film school, and then made a few independent feature films which were good but not great in terms of how they were received. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They were great for me in terms of enjoyment, but I knew I needed to iterate faster at that point. So then I was like, &#8220;Well, it's expensive and it takes a long time to make a movie,&#8221; at least back then.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I pivoted to screenwriting, and pumped out two, three scripts a year, got signed at UTA, got writing assignments, and basically launched a screenwriting career. Then I still tried to get some stuff going, but it's hard when movies are so expensive.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's not hard, it's just that it takes a lot of precision in the marketing, and a lot of conversations to find the right matches to finance something, and you're either interested in doing that or you're not. I just was like, &#8220;Well, I'll just mostly write screenplays.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I started teaching at UCLA Extension and then coaching after that, along with writing. Then all the way up to the future. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What's great about moving forward is that with AI, shot-making is becoming very close to cinematic quality. You can actually match cinematic quality in moments in some genres, but probably by next year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Right now you could actually do a really good horror movie all AI for 10, 20,000 bucks, depending on how much you're doing yourself or getting other people to do.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the economics are going to absolutely explode. So I'm sitting on dozens of scripts that didn't get through the Hollywood packaging bottleneck because they're too expensive, and I now have this giant slate that's ready to go, and I'm just absolutely thrilled. It's been a lifelong dream for me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, so much to come back on there. Where to start?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do want to talk about what you just said there, sitting on dozens of scripts and now seeing the opportunity. I actually wrote down in my journal about a year ago, I see what's coming with AI, and I think that the best thing I can do is create as much original IP as possible, so that I can make the most of the opportunity ahead.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So let's just get into the AI, because a lot of people feel it's a super bad thing. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Talk about the opportunities and the attitude that you've got [around AI], and that you've seen others have around this, for what is ahead in a positive way.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> It's fascinating to see how people respond to AI. I wonder, when the printing press rolled around, if there was some sort of backlash. Books must be handwritten. They can't be mass-produced.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here's one of my theories. At a deep psychological level, it's so profoundly powerful that I think the default setting is, &#8220;Oh, crap.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I was a kid, some things were hard, and that power imbalance, when something big, new and powerful comes along: I'm going to get screwed, and so this is somehow a bad thing. I think that's the base psychological thing going on with most of the noise.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Obviously there are some legit problems, in terms of copyright infringement from learning models, or from some of the environmental situation. So I'm not saying it's all rainbows and butterflies, but I think 90% of the noise around it comes from a fear of change.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here's the other one<strong>—</strong>a fear of, &#8220;Oh, yikes, I'm going to get taken advantage of somehow by either robots, or the corporations are going to use the robots against me,&#8221; or something like that. I have real empathy for me when I feel that way a little bit, but I don't feel it much, and for other people that do feel it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The other thing is, you know what it is? I think they fear their own empowerment even more.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had a therapist who was really good. He said, people aren't so much afraid of failing as they are afraid of succeeding. Because if we fail, we're stuck in act one and we don't go anywhere. The fear is answering the call and going to act two, when everything effing changes in the new world.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think people are afraid of how goddamn powerful they're going to be when they can have a team of AI agents helping them do everything they want in business or life or whatever.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think it's the same thing with the internet. People are like, &#8220;Oh, I don't like social media, blah, blah, blah.&#8221; And I get it. There's a lot of noise and a lot of crap. Yet we have access to billions of people, and the algorithms in social media right now I think are level three out of 10. They're just going to get better and better.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even as it is now, if I do a post about something and it gets ignored, that's on me. The algorithms are trying to match me to my people. So if I'm not unique enough and authentic enough and aware enough of how virality works, that's on me, and it's a learnable skill that I can embrace and then change and then get better at.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think people then resist that change. They resist the empowerment of learning the art of virality, or learning the art of some sort of social media stuff or whatever.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The last thing I'll say about this rant is, I don't want to act like I'm the guru on the hill that has all the answers. I refuse calls all the time. I'm scared about all sorts of things. I'm certainly not perfect. I feel frustrated when I'm trying to put my big ideas into action and I can't get this technology thing to work or that one, and I throw tantrums.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm trying to come at it from a real human perspective, but by and large, I've got stars in my eyes. I'm like, &#8220;This is amazing. This is going to be so powerful.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For so many people, you just have to be ready to embrace it and just go along for the ride, because there's going to be some big-ass changes. There already are, and that's going to accelerate.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You mentioned there learning the art of whatever it is. One of the things is, I've spent 20 years, and so have you, learning our craft and our art, and now it can be done very easily. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm generating video, as you mentioned, which is a craft I haven't spent 20 years on, but now I can generate. So things have definitely changed in that way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Just coming to the screenwriting side. Probably about a decade ago now, I did my first screenwriting course. I've written screenplays. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I looked at the game you have to play and, like you said, the conversations you have to have, the events you have to go and network at, all the things that you have to do to put a screenplay in front of the right person at the right time. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was like, &#8220;I cannot do that. It's just not going to happen. I can't do that along with everything else.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I put it aside, but now I feel maybe it's time to bring it back because things are changing. So can you maybe talk about, if someone has a screenplay now that they've written, or some IP like a book that they have now—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What would you recommend people do in terms of wanting to get that [IP] in front of somebody, or doing something with it themselves?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> It's such a good question. By the way, not even a screenplay—you could do the same things with a novel. Let me try to be succinct here, which is a good challenge for me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A simple way to look at it is, you're giving samples. Let's say it's a lemonade stand, and you give out a little shot of your&#8230; maybe you have cayenne pepper lemonade, some sort of fun lemonade. If you give out a sample and people are into it, they're going to come back and they're going to tell friends. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you give a sample of the lemonade and they're not into it, then you go back to the kitchen and you mix up a different flavour.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that's some basic business, but the internet allows us to do that at scale. So what I like to encourage people to do when I coach them is come up with the minimum viable material. It can be a 10-second clip.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's a writer in my community who made a really beautiful 16-second movie. It's one shot. I love it so much. It's two wine glasses. There's a lipstick smudge on one of the wine glasses. They're half full, and it's just that shot.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's sitting there, and all of a sudden you hear this thundering, thumping down these stairs, dun, dun, dun, dun, dun, dun. Then you see out of the corner of the frame one person runs by, and then the other person behind her runs by and goes, &#8220;Wait.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's it. That's the whole movie. It's 16 seconds. He did that with his phone.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So there's so much going on. There's a couple of basic elements, but he just did it with his phone, and you can evoke enormous emotional impact on people through social media, whether it's just words.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You guys have a big advantage as novelists because you're so good with words. Whether it's a little bit longer, like sudden fiction, that's a couple of pages or whatever. Even just copywriters are really in a good position for the future because they're super potent with two words or three words or 10 words.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then novelists are probably really advantageous because it doesn't cost anything to just put some words out on the internet. The point is, if you put something out, it's a signal, and you're talking about billions of people who could find that signal. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you do it and then you look at the response, and then you try again, you look at the response, we can do this iteration infinitely for free.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you can do it already. You've been able to do it for 10, 15, 20 years, just with words. But now you're going to basically be able to do that with movies or clips or trailers. So the thing that I'm leading in my community of writers is having people build trailers in advance, or clips.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When a book or a movie is done, how the heck do we get people to see it? One way is a trailer or some sort of behind-the-scenes material. You can just do that stuff now before even writing the screenplay.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I saw that you were doing this project, a trailer for this competition. And then you mentioned, &#8220;Oh, I've got to write the screenplay.&#8221; Not really. You have to develop the story enough to know what you're referring to, and then it's about studying the craft of either trailer construction, or whatever the clips are, or viral clips.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They all have a structure, and then you just test it. If you enjoy that testing process, which I find absolutely thrilling, it feels like the filmmaking version of a stand-up comedian. If I did stand-up, I say a joke, they laugh or they don't laugh.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's really beautiful feedback from the universe. Nerve-wracking, right? But we can do that now as storytellers. We put a story out there in any format, and the audience responds. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Just like you have to read any room, you have to learn how to read the engagement on social media. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What do likes mean? What do shares mean? What do comments mean? How do you deal with trolls? All that is just part of the new art. Once you get good at it, holy smokes, that's the key to the kingdom.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can build audiences in advance, and for movies you could even have them finance your movie in advance, if you've built an email list of 20,000, 30,000, 40,000 people because you kept putting out all these viral clips around your story, novel, or screenplay.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then you go, &#8220;Okay, now 30,000 people are on my email list and I tell them about me and my perspective and my world. We're going to make this darn thing with AI for 20,000 bucks. You guys have got to pony up some money. Put in a dollar, five, 10, or you get the VIP $500 experience.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's like crowdfunding, but much more sophisticated, because most crowdfunding was like begging friends and family to donate to your crazy dream. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What I'm talking about is going to the audience directly, developing enough of the story, then going to the audience second, and then only when they validate the idea, to the extent that you're happy with.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You could do a crazy idea that's going to have a small audience, and you don't have to have a blockbuster audience. You get to pick the audience size that you want, and then put the samples out there and see if you have a relevant audience size for this next project. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Once the audience tells you, &#8220;Yes, we want this,&#8221; then you go make it. So you're ultimately reducing risk to almost zero. It takes time and you have to learn how to do this stuff, but it's thrilling to me because we just have the capacity to test the material and listen to the audience upfront.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The last thing I'll say, and I've rambled a lot, I'm sorry. When I made a movie in 1994, a feature film right out of NYU, it took me three years to find out what the audience thought about that movie. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had to make the damn thing, and then I ran out of money, and that took me years to edit it, and I finally got it, blah, blah, blah. And again, I loved it. I loved every facet of it, and it was fine, but it was super inefficient.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Today, I could take those same elements, create an AI trailer this weekend, put it in front of hundreds of thousands of people, and they could tell me right away, &#8220;This sucks,&#8221; or, &#8220;This is interesting,&#8221; or, &#8220;Holy smokes, this is amazing. I want this.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If it's not, &#8220;Holy smokes, this is amazing, I want it,&#8221; I can go ahead and re-edit the whole damn trailer, and just keep reiterating at almost no cost.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then once the demand is there, I can take that demand and that audience and go to Hollywood, and that's when they're going to want to work with me. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then it doesn't take a million conversations and finding the needle in the haystack, because Hollywood sees the numbers and they go, &#8220;Oh, you're the people we do want to do business with. You've proven demand. We want to do business with you.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, it's so interesting. I can hear people listening and they're like, &#8220;Easier said than done, getting an email list of 40,000 people.&#8221; And in fact—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">It's exactly the same as building up a career as an independent author.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is as a filmmaker, as a visual person, and the industry is visual, so doing a visual trailer is the obvious thing. And as you say, the tools I use just to do this one, I use Midjourney, and I've used Seedance as the main video model. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It does take a while, but it is pretty fast now, if you have a visual image of what you want in your head, which obviously you're a visual person as well. But is it&#8230;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> Hold on. I want to push back on that a little bit, because I think it's really important.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So yes, that's true, but underneath that, my friend, it's a relationship. It's the relationship, and the media is secondary. You have been prolific in connecting with your audience, and that's why I think a lot of people like you, because you share and they get to know you in that sort of cadence.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I saw you in another podcast, you mentioned Seth Godin, who just said, &#8220;Hey, I want to be the type of person that has this relationship with my audience. I'm going to share some of my thoughts every day.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He happened to do it with words, with his background in marketing, but you could do the same thing with still images. You could do the same thing with a five-second movie clip once a week. It's the relationship you want with your fans. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm not saying you snap your fingers and you have 50,000 people on your email list. What I'm saying is, what else are you doing?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If we're artists and our impulse is to create and share, and if you do it in this way, if I can create and share and inspire trust in this relationship with a stranger because they like my genre thing and they like the way they felt when they experienced my media, words, images, movies, it doesn't matter. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They just like the feeling, and they go, &#8220;Ooh, I want more of that feeling. How do I get more of that? Oh, this person has this email list or community.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If I can do it with one, then I can scale it out. So getting the first one, or the first 5 or 10 samples, that is a whole process. But then once you do that, scaling up is more of a mechanical thing. It's not even that hard, especially when you can do paid ads.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you can scale up very quickly if you have the sauce. If you don't have the sauce, it doesn't matter who you're related to, you've got to get the sauce right.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, and again, it's so parallel to the indie author community. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've just got to ask you, in the olden days, an author might write a screenplay, or a screenwriter write a screenplay, and then they would send it. They'd find an agent. They'd pitch an agent, and I guess then they'd hope that someone would turn that into a movie. So is that just dead now?</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is it realistically that you need to get yourself out there, build the audience in the same way that it often is for authors?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> So, no. I've got two screenplay deals going right now. So here's how it's going to work. Think about Broadway, or the theatre district in Britain. It's like West End or East End or whatever&#8230;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> The West End.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> Sorry for my American ignorance. West End, okay.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So every town on the planet has a stage, but there's only one Broadway, there's only one West End, right? And every town has its own festival, but there are a few significant tastemakers. There's Cannes, there's Sundance, there's Toronto. Hollywood is always going to be a tastemaker in our lifetime, for sure.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What they don't have anymore, what they enjoyed for the first 100 years of the industry, is that they had a stranglehold on basically the equipment, the financing, and the audience, and that's all going away.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do you want to hear a fun story about the birth of cinema? Do you know why Hollywood started in Hollywood?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> No.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> So Thomas Edison invented the camera, or the type of model camera that they were using in, I don't know, 1910 or something around there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They didn't want to pay his patent.  They didn't want to pay the patent to make these movies, so they went all the way across the country, a bunch of outlaws, and they set up shop in California because he couldn't enforce his patent that they were basically stealing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And reason number two, LA enjoys amazing weather almost all year round. The weather here is either nice or really nice. You have mountains, you have beach, you have desert, you have all these different locales. So when it was really important to be on location, LA was the perfect place.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Anyway, that is all going away. For many decades, more people could make movies. In the early '90s, Robert Rodriguez made a movie for 9,000 bucks. There was a book in the '80s that I bought that I loved, it was Feature Filmmaking at Used-Car Prices. This guy, Rick Schmidt, I think his name was.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There were the independent filmmakers really in the '60s and the '70s. So the cost has been going down and down and down, and now it's less than ever. Once social media came along, now you have access to the audience, so why do you even need Hollywood?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That being said, there are tons of people. There are 400,000 people already working in the movie and the TV industry here. And they're voracious. We have a voracious demand.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Humans need stories. We need big stories, long stories. We need stories, and Hollywood is so good at giving them stories. And so they have a need for these things, and they're still spending a lot of money on those budgets.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So yes, there's still a demand for turning books and optioning them and turning them into movies. Books are great. Any sort of existing IP is great because there are marketing efficiencies there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">People already know that stuff, know the vibe of it, and so it's easier to market than something that's totally creative and new. When you're spending that much money, you want those marketing efficiencies. They're really important.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the point being, the power is shifting away from Hollywood. Hollywood will still be a tastemaker, but you and me can reach anybody on the planet now. Almost. Billions of people.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If it's making a movie, right now you could make a movie that most people wouldn't realise is an AI movie. If it was a horror film, I know a handful of people that could make a feature-length horror film right now with AI and 99% of the audience couldn't tell, if it was professionally written.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think the point here though is, I'm an author, the people listening are authors, and we don't want to make movies. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">We want to license our IP to people who want to make movies.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> Yes. Great. Okay, good. So then you could, if you wanted, build an audience. Hollywood loves when something's already proven, so that's that IP thing, right?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So if you just have a great book, then it's all about the sales. You guys have Dragons' Den, we have Shark Tank here. And what's amazing about that show is these are people or entrepreneurs pitching an idea, and there's an amazing rhythm that happens.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They say, &#8220;We've got this great idea. It's this sort of company.&#8221; And the sharks, or the dragons, will listen. And there's a huge turning point when they reveal sales.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They're either really excited about the idea and then they go, &#8220;Well, how are the sales?&#8221; And the person goes, &#8220;Well, we don't have any sales yet.&#8221; And they go, &#8220;Uh,&#8221; and they're not interested.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Or they might even be like, &#8220;Eh, it doesn't seem like a good idea.&#8221; And they're like, &#8220;Well, how are the sales?&#8221; And they're like, &#8220;Oh, well, we've sold through the roof.&#8221; And then all of a sudden they perk up. So it's all about the sales.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So step one is writing something that you want. Step two is making sure other people in your target audience are also loving it as much as you do. Step three is proving in some way at scale that there's real demand for it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you could do that with trailers, you could do that with clips, you can do that as an indie publisher. There's all sorts of things that you can do. Humans are much more persuaded by concrete data than they are by just vibes. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So if you can bring Hollywood concrete data of any type, like viral videos, like audience, like obviously bestsellers. Awards mean something, but not quite as much as sales. Then you're going to get Hollywood's attention because that reduces risk for them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So even now, when Hollywood's definitely shrinking and contracting, there's still very significant money being spent because it's a huge demand. If you ever walk around a studio lot, those things are opulent places. It's stunning. Like, how are they paying for all this stuff? These lots are enormous.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's because humanity is voracious for stories, and movies are one premium type of storytelling. The demand for stories is steady if not going up. It's just that we have a wider variety of types of stories that we can do, whether we're an indie author.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So anyway, did I answer the question? You get me too excited with these questions, Jo. It's a problem.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. I think there's a lot of opportunity and a lot of ways in, but the parallels with being an indie author I think are quite clear.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the things I found interesting about your profile and what you do is that you help clients who are already accomplished but not quite breaking through, and that sounds like a lot of mid-list indie authors, probably a lot of mid-list screenwriters, mid-list filmmakers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is a hard place to be because, on the one hand, we are grateful for what we have achieved and what we can do, and yet wanting more, wanting that big Hollywood deal or the Netflix deal, or wanting the massive bestseller or whatever. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So if someone wants to get to that next level, what are some of the ways that they can perhaps try and get there?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> It's a great question. Coaching is a really wonderful way to learn anything of this sort of complexity and challenge, especially if it's a hyper-competitive business. We need two things, I think, to write a great novel or screenplay or both. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A, we need to feel profoundly safe in our space. If we can't really feel deeply authentic about the things that are embarrassing, or that we feel shame about, or just our shadows, or anything that we don't feel completely comfortable saying and sharing in public usually. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We need to be able to touch those things, and be articulate about those things, and that's one part of it. Then we need a concrete path forward. Maybe you're thinking about some tragedy that you had in childhood, and how you dealt with it and how difficult that was. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you need to be able to be real precise in those observations about what it felt like, and how you tried to compensate for it, and that didn't work and it made it worse.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whatever your observations are about your life journey, you need to be really specific and really deeply felt. A good coaching relationship allows you to be in that space, to be really honest with yourself and authentic.  g</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Aood coach will push you back and say, &#8220;You know what? That sounds interesting, but maybe not quite as true to you deeply.&#8221; So that's one piece of it. Then there's a concrete path forward. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You need to have the emotional access to that truth, and then you need to know what to do with that truth in a step-by-step way. Because most people, the ones that you're talking about, they're accomplished in something else. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What happens is when we first start writing, and maybe this happens with novelists, but for sure it happens to screenwriters, you just start typing words. But you haven't really thought through the theme, the concept, the structure, the character, all the deeper questions that really matter.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The milestones, like a North Star: winning a major award, or getting a publisher. That's the direction that we're heading towards, and then you set it and forget it, but you want to keep checking it every week, every month or whatever. But you want it very specific.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">&#8220;I would like to sell a book, or sell a book to Hollywood, or write a screenplay, or get a producer attached to a screenplay.&#8221; </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Whatever the milestone is, make it really specific, really concrete, and then reverse engineer.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is what I do on the concrete path. I reverse engineer every step to get there, starting with a really tiny one we can do today, and I make sure they feel really safe, and then we just walk through.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then what happens is, if you do that, if you feel safe, if you're showing up authentically and you have a process that's repeatable, not just willy-nilly, it's got to be something that's proven to work. It wasn't an accident I wrote 45 scripts. I've got a whole system.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But by the way, the first five scripts took me forever. The last movie that I made took me three years to write that script. I can write a better script with those same elements in three months now, because I know I have a concrete path.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So if you want to do something new, whether it's playing the piano or getting six-pack abs or writing a screenplay, work with somebody who's got a system that's already proven, and make sure you relate to them, and then just follow the system.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then when the doubts come up, and they will, that's where the feeling safe is really important. Because, oh, I want the six-pack abs, but I don't feel like going to the gym. I want the extra donut.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If I'm working with a really good trainer, they go, &#8220;Dude, do you want the six-pack abs or not?&#8221; And then you go back and forth, and I go, &#8220;Okay, now I can make peace with myself and say I can take one tiny bite of the donut and then still do my workout,&#8221; and then I'm moving towards that North Star. Does that make sense?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. I think, like many independents, I resist anything that is systematised. I'm a discovery writer, and I follow the muse, and all of that kind of thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think I would say something in a similar vein, which is sustainable creativity for the long term, because your 45 scripts are also years of work, and my books are years of work, and we get better at what we do. So my system, I do have a system really, because—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">My system is that I do the work, and I write my stories, and I get them out there, and I do the marketing. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So even if it's not as systematised as such, it's still a process that I have repeated over and over again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> That's fascinating to me. Would you consider yourself a pantser? You're like, &#8220;I've got an idea,&#8221; and you just start writing?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I don't use the word pantser. I guess I call it discovery writing, which is&#8230;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> That's a better term.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. What I'm writing for this prize, for example, I know the characters, I know now what's happening. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I had the idea, it was very much a vision and a theme, and the competition has a theme: a positive future with AI and technology. But the things that came around that, I then started playing with ideas around the treatment. I haven't written the screenplay yet.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don't do a plot, or I don't follow Save the Cat or any of that kind of thing. When I write a novel, I just explore and I never write in order. Then at some point I stop and then I have to think about the structure and putting it all together, so the edits are quite big. But my fun is in that discovery, really.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> Oh, that's awesome. Okay, so let me ask, that's really fascinating. And by the way, that doesn't, to me, negate the system that I use. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The one that I use is ultimately&#8230; the thing is, these questions, the audience is wanting your unique answers to. You don't necessarily need to do it in a certain order. I think that's actually really cool that you write out of order and you have a few elements in mind. All that stuff sounds awesome.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The only thing that then makes me curious is, how's your pace? Are you actually completing novels at a pace that feels good, or do you feel like you go too fast, too slow?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I do one or two a year at the moment. Well, two a year, really. But I would say I'm not as successful as I'd like to be, so I'm not saying that my system is the best. I'm saying I want to be better. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">It's just that my fun is this sort of creative chaos, which I then try and control later.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the things I really like about screenplays and treatments and doing this kind of thing for film is that it is much more structured, I think, than a 70,000-word novel. You can go in all kinds of directions, whereas with screenwriting you do have to be more disciplined really.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> Yes, so this is going to be fun probably, to hear my view for your audience, and the differences as I see them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For starters, you're talking about what, 10, 20, 30 hours reading a novel sometimes, or maybe less, whereas a movie's a 90-minute experience, right? So that's different. Or if it's a TV series, you might see an hour and then an hour. So that's a very different experience.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What happens is when it's condensed like that, you're loading up layers. So every scene is stacked with exposition beneath the drama, and done in a certain way. So specifically, movies are only what you can see and only what you hear. Whereas novels, if you can think it, you can write it, it can be in there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you don't need to have a plot, but if you want to sell your book to Hollywood, it helps.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I was very resistant about structure. I went to NYU film school, where we really just made short films. It was funny, I had friends that were in the dramatic writing department, and I was like, &#8220;You guys are wasting your money. You're just learning to write scripts. We learn to write the scripts and make the movies.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What I hadn't realised is it's a different skill set to hold somebody's attention across an hour-long play, or a 90-minute movie, than it is to make a movie that holds their attention for two minutes or five minutes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I found out years later when I made a feature that was like a lot of shorts patched together, and people were not&#8230; They liked it, but they didn't love it. I was like, &#8220;Well, what's going on?&#8221; And so then I learned to really love Save the Cat in particular. It completely changed me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What happened was, I got a big old slice of humble pie. I had made my second feature, and I put everything I had into it, and it had loose structural beginning, middle, end, blah, blah, blah. But I was still, &#8220;Eh, Hollywood BS. What do they know? It's all fake.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I was very anti-Hollywood structure. Then I was like, now I've got two independent films out there, people saw them, liked them, whatever, but it wasn't getting me consistent work. It wasn't really advancing my career in the way that I wanted. And I was like, &#8220;Well, maybe there is something to the Save the Cat.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I went to the Save the Cat workshop with Blake when he was still alive, and he was delightful, a really awesome guy. He's got this kind of cutesy style, for people that don't know. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For context, Blake Snyder was a working Hollywood screenwriter, and he had this system called Save the Cat, which actually has some really interesting ideas.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He's got this very light, breezy sort of style. A lot of people don't like him and some people really love him, and everything in between. But I took his weekend seminar, and it completely changed me, because at that point, like I said, I took three years to write a script.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then once he had a process and he had a way of thinking about craft that was just much more screenwriter-friendly, I was like, &#8220;Oh my God.&#8221; It was so much easier, because I was just focused on the right thing at the right time. So it just sped everything up. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">After that, I was banging out two to three scripts a year, and better and better quality.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So for me, because I went from winging it and wrote five scripts in 13 years, and then wrote two to three scripts every year, I became a huge proponent of system and process. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then my own system really came from that, but it's modular. I have a nine-step system, but you don't necessarily have to go in that order, other than the last three steps, but I won't get into the details. Sometimes you kind of jump from two to three and then back to two and then back and forth.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I love that you get the feel for those elements, and then you just felt your way through. But writing screenplay pages doesn't make sense until you really understand concept, you get a deep sense of beginning, middle, end, character arcs, and these other threads. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are just way better tools for those jobs than screenplay format, because it's a really weird format. It's got these weird slug lines at the top that are all in caps, because a screenplay is a blueprint for somebody else to make the movie. It's not an end-user document like a novel. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don't let my clients even go to that format because it just gets them focused on the wrong things. What they really need to know is, what is your perspective about this theme? What happened in your life that you're fascinated with, that you'd even want to write about this? And tell me what your real life lessons are.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So we go into&#8230; again, I go back to relationship. What's your relationship to the universe? And what's your relationship to your best friends, or where you got your heart broken, or whatever you want to write about. And then we get that clarity, and then I show you how to express it in terms of developing a screenplay. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's really long-form storytelling, and then the structure just makes it build on itself. But with the structure, because you're talking about so much money and people involved to make it, at least traditionally, what ended up happening was narrative structure that was not so much rigid.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because here's the thing, you can look at 50, 100 years of European cinema and you can look at Hollywood cinema, and Hollywood laps them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I taught at UCLA Extension, I had lots of foreign students. Let's say there'd be two or three students&#8230; if there were 12 people in the class, two or three people would be from America, and everybody else would be from other countries. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would go around, I'd be like, &#8220;What movies and TV shows have you been watching?&#8221; Almost in every single country, they watch half from their own country, half from Hollywood. So Hollywood storytelling works, that's just the data, and they're dominant.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The reason it works is what Aristotle was saying thousands of years ago.. There's a way of thinking about beginning, middle, end that just deeply speaks to the psyche, and you can ignore it if you want. I think Godard said, &#8220;You need beginning, middle, and end, but not necessarily in that order,&#8221; right? Which is great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Just the way we experience life, there's a beginning, a middle, an end to this podcast interview. There's a beginning, middle, end to the day, a beginning, middle, end to me eating lunch. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So if you don't lean into the beginning, middle, end psychological aspect of your story, you're going to bore your reader.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But to your point, you don't necessarily have to sort that out in the beginning. It's more efficient probably if you do, but you don't have to. Go into it wherever the muse tells you to go, and then at some point, like you do, then you go, &#8220;Okay, now I go back and I edit.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you're saying there's another level, you have another gear in you, then yes, I'd be curious to slowly go through how you're making those decisions. Because what's happening probably is there are ways you're holding back a little bit. There's maybe something you're afraid of being vulnerable about.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's usually where me or other writers are holding themselves back, and we can take a look at that. There are different ways I show writers to do it. Then you can go, &#8220;Oh, I was doing it here, and now I can do it there.&#8221; And it could be with process, or just a certain creative choice.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With story, it's clear and compelling. Those are the simple things. So, is this clear enough? Is it compelling enough? And there are almost always ways to up-level on any facet, whether it's one sentence, or a sentence that describes the whole concept of the book, or a chapter.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Each one of those can be looked at with that lens and we can just say, &#8220;Hey, this is 70%, 80%,&#8221; whatever, and then we say, &#8220;Well, how do we get a little bit more?&#8221; And then when you do that enough, it piles up. Then especially if you bring in an audience and people are flipping out for your work, they'll tell you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I love a challenge, so thank you for everything you've shared today. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So where can people find you and everything you do online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> Well, one way you can find me—if anything I said seemed helpful for you, if you have questions about Hollywood or you have a screenplay in your heart—you can just email me, <a href="mailto:brooks@brookselms.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">brooks@brookselms.com</a>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You could look me up on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/brookselms" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">LinkedIn</a>. I'm at Brooks Elms. I also have a <a href="https://www.skool.com/screenwritermarketing/plans" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Skool community</a> called Screenwriter Marketing, but it's really for any sort of storyteller, and it talks about my favourite way to engage an audience and get through it. So anybody can jump into that if you like my vibe.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you really think anything I've said, or the way I said it, seems like it could be helpful for you, just reach out. Let me know what you're up to, and maybe there's a way I can help you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Fantastic. Well, thanks so much for your time, Brooks. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Brooks:</strong> You're welcome. It was a total pleasure. It was lots of fun, and I really appreciate you.</p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/29/how-to-prove-the-demand-for-your-stories-and-get-the-attention-of-hollywood-with-brooks-elms/">How To Prove The Demand For Your Stories And Get The Attention Of Hollywood With Brooks Elms</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/29/how-to-prove-the-demand-for-your-stories-and-get-the-attention-of-hollywood-with-brooks-elms/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="55953124" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_BrooksElms.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>1:05:46</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>How can building an audience in advance help your stories reach the people who make movies? And how can you prove there's demand for your book or screenplay before you've written it? Brooks Elms shares his advice after more than 20 years as a WGA screenwriter. The post How To Prove The Demand For Your Stories And Get The Attention Of Hollywood With Brooks Elms first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>How can building an audience in advance help your stories reach the people who make movies? And how can you prove there's demand for your book or screenplay before you've written it? Brooks Elms shares his advice after more than 20 years as a WGA screenwriter. The post How To Prove The Demand For Your Stories And Get The Attention Of Hollywood With Brooks Elms first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Organic Writing And The Power Of The Pivot In Fiction With Steven James</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/22/organic-writing-and-the-power-of-the-pivot-in-fiction-with-steven-james/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/22/organic-writing-and-the-power-of-the-pivot-in-fiction-with-steven-james/#comments</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Writing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[writing a novel]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37870</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>How can organic writing and leaning into the pivot help your stories stand out? And how can you pitch a story as a discovery writer if you genuinely don&#8217;t know what&#8217;s going to happen next. Steven James gives his writing tips after more than 20 years as an author. In the intro, Better Than Free [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/22/organic-writing-and-the-power-of-the-pivot-in-fiction-with-steven-james/">Organic Writing And The Power Of The Pivot In Fiction With Steven James</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>How can organic writing and leaning into the pivot help your stories stand out?</strong> And how can you pitch a story as a discovery writer if you genuinely don't know what's going to happen next. Steven James gives his writing tips after more than 20 years as an author.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, Better Than Free in an Age of AI [<a href="https://tim.blog/2026/07/17/better-than-free/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Kevin Kelly on Tim Ferris</a>s; <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2023/05/01/excellent-advice-for-living-with-kevin-kelly/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Kevin Kelly on The Creative Penn</a>]; <a href="https://futurevisionxprize.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Future Vision XPrize</a>; <a href="https://sparrowcrowfarm.substack.com/p/a-different-kind-of-bucket-list" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">A Different Kind of Bucket List</a>.</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="430" height="144" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital.jpg" alt="draft2digital" class="wp-image-23600" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital.jpg 430w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>Today's show is sponsored by&nbsp;<a href="http://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Draft2Digital</a>, self-publishing with support, where you can get free formatting, free distribution to multiple stores, and a host of other benefits. Just go to&nbsp;<a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">www.draft2digital.com</a>&nbsp;to get started.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full"><a href="https://stevenjames.net/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="895" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Steven-James.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37891" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Steven-James.jpg 895w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Steven-James-300x101.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Steven-James-768x257.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 895px) 100vw, 895px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Steven James is the multi-award-winning and international bestselling author of 21 novels across thrillers, YA, and science fiction, with more than a million copies sold, as well as the author of non-fiction craft books for writers, a writing teacher, and the host of The Story Blender podcast.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>How to lean into organic writing, and what to focus on instead of plot </li>



<li>How characters unfold on the page, and why an attitude beats a background</li>



<li>Producing an outline for an agent or publisher when you genuinely don't know what happens next </li>



<li>Don't pitch the plot, pitch the pivot </li>



<li>The four choices you have in every scene, and why logic plus surprise is the engine of story </li>



<li>Faith, moral clarity and big questions</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Steven at <a href="https://stevenjames.net/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">StevenJames.net</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with Steven James</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Steven James is the multi-award-winning and international bestselling author of 21 novels across thrillers, YA, and science fiction, with more than a million copies sold, as well as the author of non-fiction craft books for writers, a writing teacher, and the host of The Story Blender Podcast. So welcome to the show, Steven.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Thanks for having me, Jo. Good to be here.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Great to have you on the show. First up—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell us a bit more about you and how you got into writing and publishing.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Oh, gosh. Well, the thing is, when I was a kid, I fell in love with stories. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My uncle would always, whenever we got together for the holidays—Christmas, New Year's and so on—he would take my sister, my brother and myself into a corner of the room while the other adults had coffee, and we would just sit there, and he would get this look in his eye and he'd say, &#8220;I'm going to tell you a story.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We were transported to another world. We were swashbuckling with pirates, or facing down a grizzly bear in Alaska, or flying over the desert on a flying carpet, or whatever. I fell in love with imagination and stories and everything.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I started reading as much as I could, mostly short stories. They had a programme at our library called the paperback book exchange, where you bring a paperback book and you leave it, and you can take any one of the paperback books that they had. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You could keep it as long as you wanted. If you wanted it for your life, that's fine, or you could just bring it back as soon as you finished reading it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Anyway, I went crazy over the summers reading short stories, mainly. As I got older, I was like, &#8220;I think I want to be a storyteller.&#8221; So I actually got my master's degree in storytelling.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I started to travel and tell stories, but I had three little daughters at home, and I was like, &#8220;I don't want to be gone 300 days a year when they are growing up.&#8221; So I ended up starting to write stories instead of travel, and then it just kind of shifted in that direction.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That was in '97. Oh my goodness, that's long. '97, '98. So then I started to write books, and then eventually in 2007, I think, my first novel came out. Now, mainly, I've been writing novels ever since.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It's so interesting. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Was it a job, storytelling? Is that what you did before you became a book writer? Or did you have a different job?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> I mostly would go to events, conferences, schools and so on, and do a family-friendly storytelling show. So I would tell personal stories, some folktales reimagined. I would go to different events around the country. Mostly it was that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I started to shift. I wrote for magazines for a while—80 different magazines I wrote for over those years, a couple of hundred different articles, stories.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was like, &#8220;I'm just going to try to make a living telling stories.&#8221; So the shift has gone back and forth between actually telling stories and writing stories, but these days, I don't know. I'm still speaking. I'm still out there teaching.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's so interesting, because it's obviously a completely different thing to tell a story in person than it is to write a story. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So when you decided to shift that way, what did you have to learn and unlearn? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because your thoughts on the page are so different to when you can make eye contact with an audience.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> That's a good point. I kind of started by telling stories back when I was in college, so I sort of moved from telling to writing. And you're right, there's so much that's lost, whether it's eye contact or pauses.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On a printed page, there's always the same amount of space between every word—a space. But when you tell stories, obviously you pause for effect in different places, different areas, and so it's quite different.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So if I have an idea for a story, I usually have to decide, is this going to be written or told? And then I do it in that medium. Then if I want to, let's say, tell a written story, I almost have to relearn it, or retell it very differently.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You have gestures, body language. All of those things are obviously lost in text, so they are very different.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think for me it's been good, because when I tell stories, I hear different characters speaking, so that when I write, usually dialogue comes fast to me. I can hear what people are saying.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don't always know where they are. I don't always know the setting. I don't even know the scene necessarily, but I can hear the dialogue. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then it also helps me to step into the characters, like when I'm writing different points of view, so that I think I can do a good job of getting into that character's mind, as if I were that person. I think some of that comes from just telling stories.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You've taught so many writers over the years, and it's interesting you said that you hear characters' dialogue. I see visual film in my mind. I don't hear any voice at all. It's all silent.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I struggle with dialogue, but I do great world building. Do you find that this really is different by the author? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like we fall into these different groups.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Yes, I do. I kind of feel like that's very true as far as what comes first, whether it's a description of a place, whether it's the action.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, basically a story has dialogue, narration—or we call it sometimes exposition—and description. Those three things. Every story has those three things, and those are the three that we use to tell a story, a novel.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So some people tend to drift into one or the other as sort of their default setting: dialogue, description, or action. That's true.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think also something else that's interesting about writers is they tend to fall into either the camp of being a wordsmith or a storyteller. Not everyone, but I feel like some people are wordsmiths, where I read what they're writing, and I'm like, &#8220;Man, this is so powerful, evocative,&#8221; whatever. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Maybe there's no story there. It's just really interesting writing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Other people just are natural storytellers, and they have to really work on the wordsmithing. I think that's me. I'm more naturally just a storyteller, but it takes me a long time to get the descriptions to where I want them, to choose exactly the right word. That takes me more effort. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Some people have to build up the storytelling muscles. I have to build up the wordsmithing muscles.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Well, part of the reason I wanted to talk to you is because you talk about this thing called organic writing in your book <em>Story Trumps Structure</em>, which is out now in a second edition. I call it discovery writing, so similar to you. But most people in the writing community seem to obsess about plotting and planning.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So talk about your process of organic writing. You say in the book, &#8220;Trust the fluidity of the process.&#8221; Tell us more about that.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Well, I remember in high school even, when my teacher got up front and he kind of got this very almost wise look on his face, and he goes, &#8220;A story is something with a beginning, a middle, and an end.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm sitting there in high school like, &#8220;Well, so does a bratwurst. What are you talking about here?&#8221; A description of a chair has a beginning, a middle, and an end. The sentence, &#8220;Preheat the oven to 450 degrees,&#8221; has a beginning, a middle, and an end.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My view is that saying a story is something that has three acts is like saying that a pizza is something with three toppings. It might have three. It might have one. It might have five.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the idea for me is not to worry about structure, trying to tick off the boxes of a template, a formula you find online, a fill-in-the-blanks kind of a thing. But instead, to actually look at what lies at the heart of the story—the character, the tension, the struggle, the pursuit, the pivots and plot twists, and the payoff at the end.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As you develop those aspects of the story, I feel like you need to worry less and less about following a formula. The more you understand what lies at the heart of a story, I feel like the less you need to plot and the less you need to write by the seat of your pants.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A lot of people say, &#8220;Oh, you write by the seat of…&#8221; No, I don't write by the seat of my pants, because I know what a story contains, so I know that in a certain scene a character will make certain choices that are unpredictable but that escalate the tension, and different things like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm a huge proponent of discovery, as you say, or organic writing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I won't get the quote exactly right, but Ray Bradbury said something along the lines of, &#8220;Plot is the tracks left in the snow after your characters have run by on their incredible destinations. It cannot precede action. It is the chart that remains when an action is through.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So he's saying plot is not what precedes action. After the action, you have plot. So the whole idea of trying to plot out a story before you write it is going about writing exactly backwards. Plot doesn't precede action. It's the result.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I always tell people, &#8220;Don't worry so much about the plot. I want you to look at the pursuit.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A plotter might say, &#8220;Well, what should happen?&#8221; And they'll just come up with something. But an organic writer—a pursuit-based question would be, what does the character want? Now, when I know what the character wants, I will know what should happen. So literally, it will lead me to the story. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Focusing on plot will not necessarily lead you to the story. It might lead you down the wrong track.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Then in terms of your actual writing process—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do you start writing without knowing the ending? Do you write in order? Is the organic side also in the process?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> I've never started a book where I know how it will end. So I usually start with either a character that's fascinating or, in some cases, a premise, a question. Then as I write, I explore the possibilities of where it might go.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've tried to outline a scene—like one scene, not a whole book—and it never works. I can't even outline one scene. I've tried, and I'm like, okay, that's… What I end up with is completely different from it, so it's just a waste of time and effort for me to try to outline or plot out a story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm much more interested in the pathway the characters will take as they face obstacles and setbacks in their pursuit. As the struggles and the tension develop, what choices will they make? That's how the story will unfold for me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I'm similar. Then I also wonder—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do you do character sheets and character bios, or do the characters also unfold organically?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Absolutely, I don't do any of the sheets and bios and stuff. The characters really come to me as I write. I begin to get to know them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always tell people, a character with an attitude is more interesting than a character with a background. So a lot of people will spend a lot of time on, like, where's this character gone to college, and what's their first pet's name, all that stuff.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm not trying to dump on that idea. I get that that can be helpful. But I'm like, how would I know that until I've spent time with them? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then once I begin to spend time with them, I'm writing and I'm like, &#8220;Nah, this doesn't seem like what that character would really say or do,&#8221; so I have to go back and rejigger the story to hopefully make it fit with that character.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I like to give the characters some sort of attitude. I'm not talking about a negative or judgy attitude, but an attitude about something that is unique or different, and that makes them not a template character, not an archetype or whatever, but unique.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sort of this constellation of unique traits, characteristics, maybe wounds, flaws and so on, that create a character where you're like, &#8220;This is a character like none I've ever seen before. I want to spend time with this character.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Then you're spending time with the character by writing what's happening, as opposed to writing loads of stuff beforehand and then starting to write.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">You're actually finding all of this out during the process of writing.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Yes, and I think it's kind of like getting to know someone. If I were to say, &#8220;Okay, I'm going to write down Jo's bio,&#8221; or whatever—okay, I'm making stuff up, because I don't know you super well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If we were to spend time together, hang out, whatever, talk, over the course of time I would start to know, oh, she likes this, she doesn't like that. This is important to her. This is what she would weep or pound the table over—whatever, all of the things that come with time. It's like a friendship in real life to me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I can't sit down and tell you what a character in real life would think and say and do if I don't know them, but the more time I spend with them, then the more I'm able to predict that accurately.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think the mistake a lot of people make is they think, &#8220;I'm going to get to know this character with a background,&#8221; and then they start writing it, and instead of looking at the context, they look back at the—I don't know what you call it—the background or something like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always feel like what you mentioned earlier is, like, hold it loosely in your hand. Trust the fluidity of the process. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As you're writing, you have an instinct. &#8220;Ah, I think this character would say this or do this.&#8221; So trust that. Trust that instinct. Trust that moment in the story, instead of trying to go back to an outline, back to a character description, or whatever it might be.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I'm a big proponent of looking at the context—not just what happened, but what is the result? So looking at the impetus and the implication of the choices and the activities. When something occurs, what would the character naturally say or do or think or respond?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then what would that cause? What's the implication that that would have on the rest of the story, on the rest of the characters? So, really trying to keep your finger on the pulse of the story, and adapt as you move forward through it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I love all of that, but I also am very aware that you've been in traditional publishing for over 20 years, and one of the things with agents and publishers is that they often ask for an outline.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So how do you manage that? Or how did you more earlier in your career, because I imagine they just trust you now.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Earlier in your career, or people listening who want to pitch but they write in this organic way, how do we deal with that kind of thing?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Well, okay, so there's two good questions. One is about producing an outline for an agent or editor or publisher and so on. The other is how to pitch a story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the first: I would write the premise down, and maybe a paragraph or two, and then where I think it might go. Basically, I would focus on the questions that the characters will face, maybe the moral dilemmas, the sacrifices they have to make, the world they live in.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I kind of know that stuff, and I can write a couple of paragraphs about that. But beyond that, I just don't know what's going to happen, so I can't really provide more. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm looking at my shelf at the books that I've done, and mostly that's what I've done is kind of a couple of paragraphs focusing on the premise and the problem, the struggle, and so on like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As far as pitching a story, I always tell people, &#8220;Don't pitch the plot, pitch the pivot.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that there's a screenwriter—I think that he talks about this a little bit. I've not read the book <em>Save the Cat</em>, but people have told me, &#8220;Oh, he kind of brings this up in that book.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The idea is to pitch the irony instead of what occurs. So sometimes when I tell people to pitch, or I give them ideas, one process that you can use is: <em>when, must, before, or else</em>. So, when this occurs, this character must do something before this, or else.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you have the character, you have the struggle, you have the inciting incident, you have the stakes, and you have the countdown. It works well for thrillers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So for instance, like <em>Jaws</em>. When a man-eating shark starts eating people in a small seaside village, the sheriff must stop him before more people die and the town loses its economy. So there you have <em>when, must, before, or else</em>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, no one's going to buy the story based on that, because there's no irony, there's no pivot. It's just a description of the plot, and that's what most people pitch.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I always tell people, pitch the part of the story that you wouldn't expect. So for instance, in there you might pitch: when a shark starts eating people in a small seaside village, the only one who can stop him is afraid of the water.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now you're like, &#8220;Oh, well, that's interesting. How does that happen? What happens there?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With my book <em>Broker of Lies</em>, the pitch was something like, when a high-level Pentagon redactor ends up on the run, he must stop a terrorist attack before he's neutralised by the people he trusts the most.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the pivot is that the people he trusts at the Pentagon the most are actually trying to neutralise him because he's on the run, and all that kind of stuff. So why would they be trying to do that? Well, that's interesting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's always looking for the irony, the pivot. Why is this character the last one in the world who would ever be equipped to tackle this problem or face this issue?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that's one way to do a pitch. Obviously there's lots of them, but I think your goal with a pitch is to get them to say, &#8220;Tell me more.&#8221; It's not necessarily to summarise the whole story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's great advice. So you teach writers—I first saw you at ThrillerFest, I think it was 2012—and you do events, you run writing retreats. So you work with a lot of authors, and I wondered, what are the challenges that you see from authors with, say, five books?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So not the beginner authors, because obviously there's a lot of challenges. But those who, let's say they've got the three to five books, things are going all right, but they're like, &#8220;How do I get to the next level?&#8221; </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What are the craft issues, or the business issues as well, that mid-list authors face?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Well, business, I'm not the guy to ask. I could try to answer that, but I mean, basically: meet your deadlines and write something amazing. Try to be easy to work with, but also stand up for what you wrote as far as working with editors. It's sort of a fine line you have to walk.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The one thing that over the last few years I've really noticed in a lot of writers who are in that space is that they don't have many pivots. They tend to write predictable stories, and that's why they tend to stay where they're at—whether it's because they're following an outline or a plot formula or whatever it is.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So when I talk about a pivot, I mean a moment in the story where something happens that's both unexpected and inevitable.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For instance, if you're reading a story, you want things to make sense. You want them to be logical. That's one thing. But you don't want them to be too predictable. If it's too predictable, it's boring. It's like, I'm not interested.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So we also want surprises. We want these two things. We want logic, and we want surprise. When those two things meet and you have a moment in the story where it's like, &#8220;I didn't see that coming, but that totally makes sense,&#8221; that's what we want, and we want that in every scene.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like a lot of authors don't have that in every scene. Now, you might say, &#8220;Well, every scene?&#8221; Well, yes, because basically those two factors, logic and surprise, can only meet in four different ways.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You could have something that's very logical but has no surprises. That's going to be boring. It's going to be too predictable. We don't want that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You could have something that is very surprising but not logical. It makes no sense. A lot of stuff is surprising, but that's not what we want, because it's unbelievable, and it's like, what is going on here?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You could have something that has neither logic nor surprise, which obviously we don't want that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The only other option is to have a moment that is both logical and surprising. So you have a choice in every scene. You have four choices, actually. You can have it be predictable and boring. You can have it be nonsensical. You can have it be unbelievable. Or you can have a pivot.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So I find myself trying to really coach people on pivots. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They'll say, &#8220;Oh, well, do I need it in every scene?&#8221; I'm like, &#8220;You can choose, but do you want it to be predictable or boring or nonsensical, or do you want it to really drive the story forward?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think it's because people have been taught structure and plot and three acts and all this kind of stuff, but they haven't been taught this idea—even though it's not something I made up.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Aristotle, in <em>Poetics</em>, thousands of years ago, put it a little bit differently, but he said, &#8220;The reversal of the situation&#8221;—what I call the pivot—&#8221;is the moment at which the action veers around to its opposite&#8221;—that would be what I call surprise—&#8221;subject always to a rule of probability or necessity&#8221;—which is the logic.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So he's basically saying the same thing in just a little bit different language, but you have these three factors. You have logic, you have surprise, and you have them come together in a specific moment.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don't know why it's not taught more. I have never found anyone who teaches pivots. I have not found any books, so I wrote a book recently about how to use pivots. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's so central, and I think great storytellers naturally do it. You'll read a book, or you'll maybe watch a show, and you're like, &#8220;Oh, I didn't see that coming. That totally makes sense.&#8221; I don't see anyone else out there really focusing on teaching that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that's a huge thing for me, really, to help people move up in their writing, elevate it to a different level.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Is that <em>Delve, Pivot, Propel</em>?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Yes. That book came out a couple years ago. We just re-released it. I updated it some, but it talks pretty much in depth about pivots and how to actually use those to propel the stories forward.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Maybe you could just give us one tip on how to do that, because going back to the organic writing—let's say I've been organically writing, and every time a character has a decision to make, I think at that point about what I want to write and I write it. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Are you suggesting that we go back in the edit and look at the end of every scene and redo it?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because I can't imagine that I would get this right every time. I would need to do that in an edit, I think.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> I think for me, when I'm writing, I'm always asking myself a series of questions. One is, what would the character naturally do? I want to make it believable and natural. Let them do it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I want to escalate the tension, so I'll ask myself, &#8220;How can I make things worse?&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I'll always ask myself, how can I add a pivot to this scene? So as I'm writing a scene—again, I don't know how it will end when I start it—but if I use the first idea that comes to mind, probably a lot of readers would guess that as well, because it's the first idea that comes to mind. It's probably logical and probably predictable.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's why most stories end up being too predictable. It's because we go with the first idea that maybe we had. So I try to discard that. Maybe the second idea, just discard it. Then I start thinking, okay, now if I've discarded the obvious, what is going on? What's below the surface?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So to answer your question, I'm looking for what isn't what it appears to be, or who isn't who they appear to be, or a surprising way to bring together plot threads that I didn't see related before. So it's always looking for the unexpected, the surprise, because most of the time that is what we're missing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, if you have a great surprise, then you have to lean into making it believable. So you've got to move into that idea of, well, what would the character naturally do? You can't just have him do something ridiculous and then say, &#8220;Oh, it's for my twist.&#8221; No, you can't do that. You've got to play fair.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it has to be believable, causally related, logical, and surprising. That's what you're shooting for.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Those are the questions going through my mind. So as I'm working on a scene, I'm like, &#8220;How could I end this?&#8221; Or include something that people won't see coming right away. The best ideas always come to me then.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's so interesting. A lot of people will say, &#8220;Oh, don't write organically,&#8221; or, quote, &#8220;by the seat of your pants,&#8221; whatever they'll say, &#8220;because then you might write yourself into a corner.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm like, &#8220;Yes, absolutely write yourself into a corner. That's what I'm trying to do in every scene.&#8221; And then you write yourself out of a corner in a way that's logical and surprising.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The best twists I've ever come up with have been when I'm in a corner. So why would I warn people against going to the place where the best ideas await them? That just seems mean. Why would I do that?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">No, I want you to have the best possible ideas. So yes, look for corners, write yourself into them, and then write yourself out of them in a way that's both logical and surprising.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: I guess also it needs to be genre specific. We write mainly thrillers, and there is this fine line, isn't there? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love Stephen King, but one of the most unbelievable endings is <em>Under the Dome</em>. I still remember feeling betrayed. I don't know if you've read that one, but—</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Oh, no.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I was like, &#8220;I'm sorry, you've just changed genre in the last chapter of the book. What is going on here?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> That's actually interesting. The fourth question I ask… So I ask, what would the character naturally do? How can I make things worse? How can I add a pivot? But the fourth question is, what promises have I made that I have not yet kept?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So genre, to me, is a promise. You build up a promise in your writing at the beginning of the book, and then I feel like as we write, we have to honour that. So if we bring something up that's super interesting, bring it back or whatever. Keep your promises. Keep your narrative promises.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's true of really any genre. Let's say you're writing a romance. You want to respect the conventions, but not fall into the clichés. So there's going to be a moment where the lovers meet, right? They haven't met before. I don't know what they call it, a meet cute or a cute meet. I think they call it a meet cute, I guess.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. They do.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Anyway. So they're going to meet, right? And you're like, &#8220;Oh, I'll just have them meet.&#8221; Well, try to do it in a way we haven't seen before. Add something else to the scene. Add a third element, as my friend Bob Dugoni likes to say.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Add something a little bit that we're like, &#8220;Huh, I've never seen that before.&#8221; We know they're going to meet, but let them meet in a way that we don't anticipate, that we can't predict right away, that isn't exactly by the numbers, and then you're going to be on the right track.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> So then, talking about reader expectations and genre, I wondered if I could also ask you about your Christian faith, because many people listening are people of faith, and some people want to write a Christian book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Other people want to bring their faith into, say, a mainstream type thriller in an authentic way. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So how do you balance your faith and your writing? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because I think you have some series that are more sort of Christian than others.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> It's interesting. When my first novel came out—<em>The Pawn</em>, like a chess piece, <em>The Pawn</em>—back almost 20 years ago. Gosh, 20 years ago. Nineteen. But anyway, when it came out, someone wrote to me and said, &#8220;Is this a Christian book?&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm like, &#8220;What would make a book not Christian?&#8221; I'm like, maybe if it has a lot of idolatry, or witchcraft, or maybe sexuality or graphic violence. Then I'm like, oh, wait, that's… No, that's the Old Testament.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's interesting, because people have asked me similar questions over the years. My books are not sermons in disguise. I'm trying to write great stories that anyone of any background or faith will enjoy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always ask big questions. I let my characters wrestle with questions that matter, I think. Do my choices matter? Is there hope? Is there a God? Is there no God? Do I have free will? Can I find forgiveness? Can I offer forgiveness? Can I extend it, or whatever? So I always try to base the stories on something deeper.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do believe that there is good and there's evil in the world. That's part of my worldview. So when people talk about moral ambiguity, I don't want to write or read something that's morally ambiguous. I want moral complexity, but I also want moral clarity.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So whenever you write, the question is, what are you justifying and what are you condemning? And if you're justifying something that's morally—I would say wrong, actually—then I don't feel like that's the kind of book I would want to write.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I want to write stories that explore good and evil, that explore our world, human nature, in an honest way. I feel like when you write honest stories, people, no matter what their background or whatever faith, then they will connect with it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think a lot of people, if they start off with an agenda—whatever that agenda might be, let's say it is a Christian agenda, like I want people to trust in Jesus, let's say—so they write a story. Well, what you're doing, you're actually starting your story with an answer, and drama is not built on answers, it's built on questions.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you're actually diminishing the amount of tension. You're also diminishing the possibility of a pivot, because we all get where you're going. It's predictable, but there's probably no surprise. You're diminishing the payoff at the end, because we're like, &#8220;I saw that coming. I exactly knew where you were going with this.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So instead, I don't start with an answer. I always start with a question, or in some cases a moral dilemma, like, what's more important, protecting the innocent or telling the truth? That's interesting to me. If I had to choose between the two, would I tell the truth or would I protect the innocent?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's interesting, because people might come down on different sides of it. They might say, &#8220;Oh, you should always tell the truth,&#8221; or they say, &#8220;You always should protect the innocent.&#8221; I'm like, okay, well, let's explore it. Let's literally ask the question.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I come from a certain worldview, but I've written characters who have very different worldviews from me. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm always just trying to be honest with the character, ask big questions, tell a story that examines human nature and sort of the paradoxes of the human condition in a way that will resonate with really whoever the readers might be.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And of course that worldview is part of your author voice and part of what readers come to you for. I also notice that you have some pretty diverse different series. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do you manage that diversity of series under your one brand? Do you find your readers move from one to the other, or do you have different readerships?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> You mentioned the B word—brand. That's what publishers are always telling me: &#8220;What's your brand?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm like, &#8220;I don't know. You tell me what my brand is.&#8221; I've done fantasy, science fiction, conspiracy. I've done spies and police procedurals and crime and suspense, thrills, whatever.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I would say the one thing that really ties all my stories together is probably just suspense. They are stories with suspense. Some are more high concept thrillers, some are more dark fantasy, but they're built around suspense.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I guess that would be intelligent suspense, maybe, if I was trying to come up with a brand. Something like that. Because I don't want them to be dumbed down. They're not dumbed down stories, so they're a little bit more complex than you might find in other places, but always built around the idea of suspense.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Suspense to me is basically—my definition is apprehension born of concern. So we're concerned about a character, and we're apprehensive because there's peril around the bend, or right in front of them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I want the readers to really care about a character, and then try to build the story and the suspense around that empathy or sympathy that we have for the character.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think it's really interesting, because again, you mentioned 2007—we're coming up on 20 years since first published. The publishing industry has changed a lot. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what do you think has changed most in publishing for you, and what are your thoughts on routes to market for new authors these days? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Or even established authors who are finding that things have changed, which they obviously have.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Well, I'm not a marketer, I'm not a businessman. I'm just a storyteller at heart. So I just keep writing stories that I would be intrigued with reading, stories that I feel like are resonant. Then I look for publishers for those. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've been to a variety of different publishers over the last decade. I've done some different types of stories. I feel like you have to just write the story instead of trying to write for a specific market trend or something like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I might not make as much as some of my friends, I might not sell as many books, but I feel like I have to write certain stories if they grab ahold of me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's a Native American—I think the Pawnee tribe, anyway, in the United States—but they were saying that all the stories that exist are out there already, and when one finds you, it's your job to share it with the world. I think that's kind of interesting. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sometimes—maybe it's just true for you, I don't know, Jo—but it's like a story will grab hold of me, or an idea, and I'm like, &#8220;I can't shake it.&#8221; That's a story that I want to tell the world.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would say that stories are becoming shorter, dumber. People are trying to write faster. They're trying to write several books a year, and as a result of that, some of the quality has gone down. This is all unfortunate.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm still sort of a dinosaur. I still tend to write longer, complex stories. But people have shorter attention spans and whatever, and they're not reading as much.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The structure of stories, I think, is changing slightly, where people will have to spend more time on a hook to really grab the attention of the readers. Then there might be a longer slow period, or more info dumping, which I'm not a fan of. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So they kind of look like, &#8220;I want to get readers hooked at the beginning, and then get them to flip pages.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I tend to set up my stories a little bit differently than that. So I'm not the best guy to ask about marketing and sales and stuff like that. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like, write a story that will not let you go. And if you do that, I feel like that's the kind of story that will resonate with readers, because there's a deep honesty to it. You care, you're passionate about it. It's not just something you're trying to spin out just to sell books. That's my view.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I guess I also feel that writers are doing other things. So you have non-fiction, you have your podcast, you do events. I see you sell books direct from your website. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">It's like the business expands into multiple streams of income, so that the art doesn't have to pay all the bills.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> That's interesting. I do love to teach writing at conferences, events, and speak at different things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I guess if you think about it that way, my brand might be just story, or storytelling, or something like that. Really trying to get out there, and whether it's speaking or writing, just tell a great story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's so interesting when I work with publishers and they'll ask, &#8220;What's your brand?&#8221; Basically it's like, &#8220;What's your box?&#8221; is really what they're asking. What box can we stick you in that will make it easy for us to package you and sell you?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know myself, and just a lot of authors that I know, we don't think in a box. Every one of my stories is not boxy. It's not the same. They're different. I know a lot of authors like that too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's unfortunate. I get it, that it's part of them trying to market and sell the books. I understand that, but I think being honest, genuine with the story, doing the very best you can, writing a worthy book, and then letting them come up with a way to categorise it, is probably the best bet. I don't know.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> We're almost out of time, but this is obviously a podcast, and you have a podcast. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So tell us about The Story Blender Podcast and what people might find over there.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Yes, I appreciate it. Basically, I interview some of the leading writers and storytellers in the world every week, and the goal is for great storytellers to share the secrets of great storytelling.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I basically pick their brains, kind of like what you were doing with me today, and find out what projects they're working on, and really just try to get insights into storytelling.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's tons of fun. I've been doing it now for a number of years, and I guess I've interviewed over 250 different authors and writers from around the world, and so I always enjoy it. It's a ton of fun. It's <a href="https://www.thestoryblender.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">The Story Blender</a>, and people can find it anywhere.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: So where can people find you and your books and everything you do online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Probably the best place is <a href="https://stevenjames.net/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">StevenJames.net</a>. I think I'm on different socials @readstevenjames, so you can look me up there—<a href="https://www.facebook.com/readstevenjames" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Facebook</a>, <a href="https://www.instagram.com/readstevenjames" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Instagram</a>, <a href="https://x.com/readstevenjames" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">X</a>, and so on. I think they're all under readstevenjames.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Check out the website, drop me a note. I always enjoy hearing from readers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Well, thanks so much for your time, Steven. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Steven:</strong> Thanks, Jo. I appreciate it. Good luck.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity"/><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/22/organic-writing-and-the-power-of-the-pivot-in-fiction-with-steven-james/">Organic Writing And The Power Of The Pivot In Fiction With Steven James</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/22/organic-writing-and-the-power-of-the-pivot-in-fiction-with-steven-james/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="57521261" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_StevenJames.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>1:07:38</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>How can organic writing and leaning into the pivot help your stories stand out? And how can you pitch a story as a discovery writer if you genuinely don&amp;#8217;t know what&amp;#8217;s going to happen next. Steven James gives his writing tips after more than 20 years as an author. In the intro, Better Than Free [&amp;#8230;] The post Organic Writing And The Power Of The Pivot In Fiction With Steven James first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>How can organic writing and leaning into the pivot help your stories stand out? And how can you pitch a story as a discovery writer if you genuinely don&amp;#8217;t know what&amp;#8217;s going to happen next. Steven James gives his writing tips after more than 20 years as an author. In the intro, Better Than Free [&amp;#8230;] The post Organic Writing And The Power Of The Pivot In Fiction With Steven James first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Why The Podcast Is Moving To Wednesdays, And 7 Tips for Sustainable Creativity</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/15/why-the-podcast-is-moving-to-wednesdays-and-7-tips-for-sustainable-creativity/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/15/why-the-podcast-is-moving-to-wednesdays-and-7-tips-for-sustainable-creativity/#comments</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Author Entrepreneur]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[author entrepreneur]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[author mindset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[longevity]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37847</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>After more than a decade of releasing this show on Mondays, I’m moving it to Wednesdays, and this is the first episode of the new time slot. </p>
<p>On the one hand, this might sound like nothing at all, but it’s also a big deal, for you and for me, and in this episode, I explain why I'm making the change, and past guests give some tips on sustainable creativity for the long term.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/15/why-the-podcast-is-moving-to-wednesdays-and-7-tips-for-sustainable-creativity/">Why The Podcast Is Moving To Wednesdays, And 7 Tips for Sustainable Creativity</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>After more than a decade of releasing this show on Mondays, I’m moving it to Wednesdays</strong>, and this is the first episode of the new time slot. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On the one hand, this might sound like nothing at all, but it’s also a big deal, for you and for me, and in this episode, I explain <strong>why I'm making the change, and past guests give some tips on sustainable creativity for the long term</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img decoding="async" width="890" height="261" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/long-term-creative-joanna-penn.png" alt="" class="wp-image-37862" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/long-term-creative-joanna-penn.png 890w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/long-term-creative-joanna-penn-300x88.png 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/long-term-creative-joanna-penn-768x225.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 890px) 100vw, 890px" /></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Joanna Penn is an award-winning New York Times and USA Today bestselling author of thrillers, dark fantasy, short stories and travel memoir under<a href="https://www.jfpennbooks.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"> J.F. Penn</a> and also writes non-fiction for authors and hosts The Creative Penn Podcast.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Why the podcast is moving to Wednesdays</li>



<li>(1) Take time out to question what you’re doing</li>



<li>(2) Learn to pivot if you want to keep going long term<br>(3) Set a sustainable pace, and don’t build reader expectations you can’t deliver on</li>



<li>(4) Don’t try to do it all, and try to identify the fear that might be driving your choices</li>



<li>(5) Question what still serves you, especially as things continue to change<br>(6) Consider different approaches to creativity. It doesn’t have to be every day, or every week<br>(7) Creative humans evolve. Build a body of work for the long term.</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find the backlist episodes at <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">TheCreativePenn.com/podcast</a>, just click into the episode to find the transcript.</p>



<hr class="wp-block-separator has-alpha-channel-opacity"/>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Why The Podcast Is Moving To Wednesdays, And 7 Tips for Sustainable Creativity</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here’s my big news! After more than a decade of releasing this show on Mondays, I’m moving it to Wednesdays, and this is the first episode of the new time slot.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On the one hand, this might sound like nothing at all, but it’s also a big deal, for you and for me!&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know many of you have a routine of listening to the show during a certain thing on a Monday, so I’m sorry to have to disrupt that, and I hope I don’t lose you along the way — although I guess you could just save the episode for Monday!&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For me, it’s a much bigger deal, because a Monday show has meant I have often recorded the intro and edited and scheduled the episode over the weekend. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The main reason is that I need to record in the mornings when I have energy and when the house is less noisy, since Jonathan is often on the phone since he works from home as well. So I would prepare the episode on Fridays, and I type out this intro before reading it, and source the news and my thoughts and all that — and then I’d record it Saturday morning, or Sunday morning if Saturday was busy — and so recently, I have felt like something has to change. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Moving the show to a Wednesday means that I can prep on Monday and Tuesday, which is perfect.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Its so funny because I agonised over this, in the same way I agonised over changing the theme tune a few years back. Some of you may remember that — and it also turned out to not be a big deal at all. We build things up in our minds and then sometimes the problem can be solved in a different way.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So instead of going to ad hoc episodes, or once every two weeks, I hope that moving to Wednesday makes the show more sustainable again, because let’s face it, there’s a lot going on, and if I did a show every 2 weeks, I might have to make them longer to get through everything!&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, same show, just on Wednesdays from now on.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And this change underscores what today’s episode is about: sustainable creativity over the long term.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">How do you keep writing, and publishing, and podcasting — and creating for years — and I am now at two decades —&nbsp;without burning out, and without becoming a slave to the algorithm, or the market, or even your own audience’s expectations?&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The goal is not to just survive this year’s release schedule, or to keep feeding the machine until you crumble under the speed of it all.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>The goal is to still be creating, and still be enjoying it,</strong> next month, next year, in five years, in 10 years, in 20, in 30. Who knows how many years we all have left — but for sure, we are NOT machines, we are not AI — and we cannot churn it out &#8211; and what is the point of that anyway? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So in today’s show, I’ll share some thoughts and tips from me and also other authors from the show on this topic, and you can find the full episodes in the backlist, and links as ever in the show notes on <a href="http://TheCreativePenn.com/podcast" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">TheCreativePenn.com/podcast</a> </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">(1) Take time out to question what you’re doing</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In early 2024, The Tim Ferriss Show, one of the biggest podcasts in the world, hit its ten-year anniversary with over a billion downloads and over 750 episodes, and Tim decided to take a sabbatical.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He paused the show for four months and seriously questioned whether to continue. Not because it was failing, it was hugely profitable and he enjoyed talking to people, but because the landscape had changed. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Podcasting had gone from a wide-open space in 2014 to a saturated market, and his question wasn’t “can I keep competing?” It was “is this still the game I want to play?”&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Just a little note here, I started The Creative Penn Podcast in 2009 when there were even fewer shows so I know a lot about a changing podcast market!&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">After four months, Tim came back from what he called a sabbatical with a blog post on <a href="https://tim.blog/2024/09/16/my-new-rules-for-podcasting-to-keep-things-interesting/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">My New Rules for Podcasting — To Keep Things Interesting</a>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He starts with the sheer number of podcasts, saying, </p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">“Having a good show is no longer good enough. Having a great show is no longer good enough. If you want to survive in the mindshare of listeners, you need differentiation.”</p>
</blockquote>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think this is true for us as authors as well as podcasters, or YouTubers, or social media, or anything. But the good news is that your differentiation can be you.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Regular listeners will know that I have questioned ending the show over the years, worried that I was no longer useful, or that my voice no longer mattered when there are so many podcasts on similar topics. But after your wonderful feedback, and the fact that the show still gets a lot of downloads every week, and the growth in my Patreon Community, I don’t worry about that anymore. It’s unlikely that any of us will have a podcast as big as Tim Ferriss’s or sell as many books as The Four Hour Work Week, but that’s OK, because we are not Tim.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I am Jo Penn and you’re here because you find <em>my</em> take on the publishing industry is still useful in some way. When it’s not anymore, you will go elsewhere, and I find myself at peace with that.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Back to Tim’s article —&nbsp;he asks some questions of himself, including:<br><br>If I get to do this for another decade, or<em>&nbsp;had to</em>&nbsp;do this for another decade, what new rules might I create to keep it interesting?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Of course, we all have different ideas of what this means for us. And I have already implemented one of these rules, which is that I interview people on topics I find interesting. I frequently get pitched by more famous authors and bigger names, but most of the time I turn them down, and choose to talk to people who are not famous but are more interested in serving you, my audience, because that is the point of this show.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also have people on that I enjoy talking to, because checking in with my friends while you listen in, can be useful too, since my friends are often authors who’ve been in the industry a while now. I have to make the interviews time that I find interesting or useful or fulfilling as well.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But the point is to stop and take time to consider what might need to change, even if you are really successful. You cannot be a slave to the algorithm, to the media, to your audience, for the long term. You have to put some circuit breakers in sometimes.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It’s the old adage about the small business. You have to work ON in the business, not just IN the business, which means you need to step away.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This does sometimes mean that you have to get away physically. I had this realisation while we were in Bruges in Belgium talking to Jonathan about what changes I could make because I just felt a lack of freedom — and freedom is my highest value, so I really need to honour that.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, the first question for you is: If you feel like you need a change, if your routines are becoming too much, or your workload is too much, or you are eating into time you need for rest and recovery or family or whatever you need, can you schedule time out to have a think about what you need and how things can change?&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You don’t need to burn it all down. You might find the answer is just moving the show from a Monday to a Wednesday!&nbsp;</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">(2) Learn to pivot if you want to keep going long term</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love talking to authors who have been doing this career for a long time, and in December 2025 in episode 839, I talked to Jennifer Probst, the New York Times bestselling romance author of more than sixty books, about why some authors build decades-long careers while others vanish after one breakout.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jennifer has been through the indie gold rush, the fallout, traditional deals, Kickstarter, all of it, and I asked her how she thinks about how everything keeps changing, and we start with marketing but it goes much further than that.&nbsp;</p>



<figure class="wp-block-embed is-type-wp-embed is-provider-the-creative-penn wp-block-embed-the-creative-penn"><div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">
<blockquote class="wp-embedded-content" data-secret="eg1eYe2tQ1"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2025/12/01/writing-free-romance-author-jennifer-probst-on-a-long-term-author-career/">Writing Free: Romance Author Jennifer Probst On A Long-Term Author Career</a></blockquote><iframe class="wp-embedded-content" sandbox="allow-scripts" security="restricted"  title="“Writing Free: Romance Author Jennifer Probst On A Long-Term Author Career” — The Creative Penn" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2025/12/01/writing-free-romance-author-jennifer-probst-on-a-long-term-author-career/embed/#?secret=zDCl39CrOC#?secret=eg1eYe2tQ1" data-secret="eg1eYe2tQ1" width="500" height="282" frameborder="0" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0" scrolling="no"></iframe>
</div></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: In terms of how we do marketing, TikTok is still a thing, and we can see maybe generative AI search coming on the horizon and agentic buying. A decade ago it might have been different, more Facebook ads or whatever. Then before that it might have been something else. So there’s always things changing along the way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jennifer: Yes, there definitely is. It is a very oversaturated market. They talk about, I don’t know, 2010 to 2016 maybe, as the gold rush, because that was where you could make a lot of money as an indie. Then we saw the total fallout of so many different things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like I’ve gone through so many ups and downs in the industry. I do love it because the longer you’re around, the more you learn how to pivot. If you want this career, you learn how to write differently or do whatever you need to do to keep going, in different aspects, with the changes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To me, that makes the industry exciting. Again, perspective is a big thing. But I have had to take a year to kind of rebuild when I was out of contract with a lot of things. I’ve had to say, “Okay, what do you see on the horizon now? Where is the new foundation? Where do you wanna restart?”</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sometimes it takes a year or two of, “Maybe I won’t be making big income and I cut back,” but then you’re back in it, because it takes a while to write a few new books, or write under a pen name, or however you want to pivot your way back into the industry.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Or, like you were saying, diversifying. I did a lot of non-fiction stuff because that’s a big calling for me, so I put that into the primary for a while.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think it’s important for authors to maybe not just have one thing. When that one thing goes away, you’re scrambling. It’s good to have a couple of different things like, “Well, okay, this genre is dead or this thing is dead or this isn’t making money. Let me go to this for a little while until I see new things on the horizon.”</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love that from Jennifer, because there are always new things on the horizon, and we try new things and we pivot, and we bring in other streams of income as some drop off, and we go again and we keep creating. Authors with longevity are authors who pivot over their careers. They may lament the end of one era, but they don’t stop, they find a new way forward.&nbsp;</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">(3) Set a sustainable pace, and don’t build reader expectations you can’t deliver on</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Kevin J. Anderson is one of the most productive writers alive, with hundreds of books, most of which he writes with dictation while out hiking, and he has been on this show many times.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In January 2025, in episode 791, we talked about building a long-term author business, and how authors need to be careful about setting reader expectations around pace of releases.&nbsp;</p>



<figure class="wp-block-embed is-type-wp-embed is-provider-the-creative-penn wp-block-embed-the-creative-penn"><div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">
<blockquote class="wp-embedded-content" data-secret="81EPCnRbD4"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2025/01/20/building-a-long-term-author-business-dictation-kickstarter-and-short-story-collections-with-kevin-j-anderson/">Building A Long Term Author Business, Dictation, Kickstarter, and Short Story Collections With Kevin J Anderson</a></blockquote><iframe class="wp-embedded-content" sandbox="allow-scripts" security="restricted"  title="“Building A Long Term Author Business, Dictation, Kickstarter, and Short Story Collections With Kevin J Anderson” — The Creative Penn" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2025/01/20/building-a-long-term-author-business-dictation-kickstarter-and-short-story-collections-with-kevin-j-anderson/embed/#?secret=qacYMWV4ZS#?secret=81EPCnRbD4" data-secret="81EPCnRbD4" width="500" height="282" frameborder="0" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0" scrolling="no"></iframe>
</div></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Kevin: Now, again, we get back to the longevity of a career. It is exhausting to write lots of books a year, and most people can’t keep doing that for 20 years or 30 years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That’s one of the reasons, especially indie authors, where readers expect you to write several books a year. Some indie authors I know are writing a book a month. I couldn’t do that for any long period. Well, I couldn’t do that probably for a single year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You start building expectations, and when you fail to meet those expectations, they will leave you very quickly. That’s why you should have Plan Bs.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you really, really can’t stand writing your steampunk vampire romance series after book number 29, well, make sure that you have some other series you’re starting and building up.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Well, Hugh Howey’s got several series that are going. Michael Anderle has all kinds of series, and Craig Martelle has all kinds of series. You don’t just put all your eggs in one basket. You need to have Plan B and Plan C, to circle around to what I started with.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whatever cadence you choose, for your books, your email newsletters, or or your podcast, or your social media, choose a pace you can still be keeping up in a decade, because this is a long term career, and longevity in the market is one of the most important things. It’s better to pace yourself than burn out.&nbsp;</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">(4) Don’t try to do it all, and try to identify the fear that might be driving your choices</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I couldn’t do an episode on sustainability without Becca Syme!&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Becca is an author coach who has worked with thousands of writers, she is the creator of the Better-Faster Academy and the Quit books, and the QuitCast podcast — and In January 2023, in episode 668, at the end of our conversation about intuitive writing and marketing, I asked her what authors who sustain long careers have in common.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-embed is-type-wp-embed is-provider-the-creative-penn wp-block-embed-the-creative-penn"><div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">
<blockquote class="wp-embedded-content" data-secret="RtLgxIJHNV"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2023/01/16/intuitive-writing-and-book-marketing-with-becca-syme/">Intuitive Writing And Book Marketing With Becca Syme</a></blockquote><iframe class="wp-embedded-content" sandbox="allow-scripts" security="restricted"  title="“Intuitive Writing And Book Marketing With Becca Syme” — The Creative Penn" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2023/01/16/intuitive-writing-and-book-marketing-with-becca-syme/embed/#?secret=75DFdcic9T#?secret=RtLgxIJHNV" data-secret="RtLgxIJHNV" width="500" height="282" frameborder="0" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0" scrolling="no"></iframe>
</div></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Joanna: So in terms of sustainability, let’s talk about that. You coach writers every day, you see writers on every spectrum of every personality type, and people who write differently and release differently and publish differently. So what do you see as your recommendations or, I guess, commonalities for authors who want this sustainable career as a writer for the long term in order not to burn out? What are you seeing in terms of the best way to be sustainable in a creative career?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Becca: Conquering the fear that we have that we’re not going to get what we want out of the career, like 100%. Because the fear is the thing that’s driving us to burn ourselves out.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The fear that if I don’t do it this way, I’m not going to make money. If I don’t do it this way, I’m not going to have a long career. I’m going to miss out on something if I don’t do absolutely everything.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And then I think the most important knowledge that we can have is that everyone in this industry who’s a nonfiction person, including me, is giving you a perspective on how author life can be done.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every single one of us, not the perspective on how it should be done in order to have success. And if we could just change our expectations of how we look at the people who are helping us who are being good, helpful people who are very sure that their way is the correct way and who should be, again, because like all experts, they’ve had success doing what they are doing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But the downside is from someone whose job is to sit with authors for 45 minutes at a time, all day, every day, I see the outcome of the people who have tried to “do it all,” in quotes, with capital letters, and who are burned out because they were doing everything out of a fear place.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And I think one of the best things that can happen in our — and what burnout often does is it forces us to reckon with the fact that we were doing all of this because we were afraid. My book isn’t going to sell, I’m not going to be able to do this, I have this dream that I’m holding on to and what happens if it doesn’t manifest itself.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then we make a lot of our decisions about how much to take on based on fear, and we don’t know it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because we don’t realize that our brains are wired for survival, and so anytime fear kicks in, your brain is like, well, we have to do that because if you’re afraid of it, then that must mean that we need it in order to survive. And we don’t.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We will survive if our books don’t sell.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We have to calm that fear and answer the question. Like, what will happen if in five years, I have not sold more than $1,000 on every book that I am writing? Like if each of the individual books that I write have not made more than $1,000. And I have to reckon with what might happen if that happens, because if I don’t, that fear is going to drive me to burnout over and over and over and over again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That is why we’re making so many of our decisions, including: do I pay for this class or conference? Do I pay for this book? Do I spend money on this advertising? Do I hire this expert consultant?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So many of us are making those choices out of fear and we don’t realize it. And that’s why when we do our public live coaching, and whenever I’m at a conference, I’m always listening for, “but what are you afraid is not going to happen? Or what are you afraid is going to happen?”</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because if we don’t deconstruct that part of yourself and calm your survival mechanism down, you’re going to continue over and over again to make those decisions out of fear.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then you’re going to not listen to your intuition because you think it’s risky to listen to it. And so I really think, and some of this might include therapy for some of us, I’m just going to acknowledge some of us have trauma around not getting what we want or around not actualizing our desires, and we can’t just talk ourselves into letting the fear go.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But some of us do just need to consistently confront the fear and make a plan for what happens and then act in spite of that fear because we are not making good decisions when we are in survival mode.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Becca is very wise, and also pretty hardcore! So if you feel like you are trying to do it all, and you are on the edge of burning out, can you identify the fear beneath it?</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">(5) Question what still serves you, especially as things continue to change</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sometimes we keep doing things the same way, even when things have changed.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What is lost if we give things up? What is gained? And what kind of game do you want to play?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In episode 845, Claire Taylor, humour and mystery author, owner of FFS Media, certified Enneagram coach, talks about how social media has changed and why she gave it up.&nbsp;</p>



<figure class="wp-block-embed is-type-wp-embed is-provider-the-creative-penn wp-block-embed-the-creative-penn"><div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">
<blockquote class="wp-embedded-content" data-secret="Mu65v5PW9y"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/01/12/leaving-social-media-writing-iconic-characters-and-building-trust-with-claire-taylor/">Leaving Social Media, Writing Iconic Characters, and Building Trust With Claire Taylor</a></blockquote><iframe class="wp-embedded-content" sandbox="allow-scripts" security="restricted"  title="“Leaving Social Media, Writing Iconic Characters, and Building Trust With Claire Taylor” — The Creative Penn" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/01/12/leaving-social-media-writing-iconic-characters-and-building-trust-with-claire-taylor/embed/#?secret=ivs26mfz58#?secret=Mu65v5PW9y" data-secret="Mu65v5PW9y" width="500" height="282" frameborder="0" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0" scrolling="no"></iframe>
</div></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Joanna: One thing I know will have perked up people’s ears is: “I left social media.” Tell us a bit more about that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Claire: This was a move that I could feel coming for a while. I didn’t like what social media did to my attention. Even when I wasn’t on it, there was almost a hangover from having been on it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My attention didn’t feel as sharp and focused as it used to be, back before social media became what it is now.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I started asking myself some questions: What is lost if I leave? What is gained if I leave? And what is social media actually doing for me today?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because sometimes we hold on to what it used to do for us, and we keep trying to squeeze more and more of that out of it. But it has changed so much.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are almost no places with sufficient organic reach anymore. It’s all pay-to-play, and the cost of pay-to-play keeps going up.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I looked at the numbers for my business. My Kickstarter was a great place to analyse that because they track so many traffic sources so clearly. I could see exactly how much I was getting from social media when I advertised and promoted my projects there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I asked: can I let that go in order to get my attention back and make my life feel more settled? And I decided: yes, I can. That’s worth more to me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Joanna: There are some things money can’t buy. Sometimes it really isn’t about the money. I like your question: what is lost and what is gained? You also said it’s all pay-to-play and there’s no organic reach. I do think there is some organic reach for some people who don’t pay, but those people are very good at playing the game of whatever the platform wants. So, TikTok for example—you might not have to pay money yet, but you do have to play their game. You have to pay with your time instead of money. I agree with you. I don’t think there’s anywhere you can literally just post something and know it will reliably reach the people who follow you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Claire: Right. Exactly. TikTok currently, if you really play the game, will sometimes “pick” you, right? But that “pick me” energy is not really my jam.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And we can see the trend—this “organic” thing doesn’t last. It’s organic for now. You can play the game for now, but TikTok would be crazy not to change things so they make more money. So eventually everything becomes pay-to-play.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">TikTok is fun, but for me it’s addictive. I took it off my phone years ago because I would do the infinite scroll. There’s so much candy there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I’d wake up the next morning and notice my mood just wasn’t where I wanted it to be. My energy was low. I really saw a correlation between how much I scrolled and how flat I felt afterwards.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I realised: I’m not the person to pay-to-play or to play the game here. I’m not even convinced that the pay-to-play on certain social media networks is being tracked in a reliable, accountable way anymore. Who is holding them accountable for those numbers?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can sort of see correlation in your sales, but still, I just became more and more sceptical. In the end, it just wasn’t for me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My life is so much better on a daily basis without it. That’s definitely a decision I have not regretted for a second.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">****</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To be clear, we’re not saying <em>you</em> should give up social media, but it’s about questioning how things make you feel, and what you can sustain and how you want to spend your time.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I did question once again whether to give up this show entirely, but it is an important part of my creative body of work, and quite frankly, I reach more people with the podcast than I do with my books, and I still love talking to people, and I learn, and it underpins my business.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don’t do much social media though. I learn about AI things on X and I do post photos and things on Instagram but I don’t do much else. You have to decide what is right for you, but also, what is right for you might change over time. If we have a long term career, or a long term anything, things will change, and we will need to move on sometimes, or at least question whether it is still working in the way it used to.&nbsp;</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">(6) Consider different approaches to creativity. It doesn’t have to be every day, or every week. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In April 2026, in episode 858, I talked to Sara Rosett, USA Today bestselling mystery author and co-host of the Wish I’d Known Then podcast, about low-key marketing, and a more seasonal approach, or phased approach to podcasting as well as writing.&nbsp;</p>



<figure class="wp-block-embed is-type-wp-embed is-provider-the-creative-penn wp-block-embed-the-creative-penn"><div class="wp-block-embed__wrapper">
<blockquote class="wp-embedded-content" data-secret="5J7PGuNe7N"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/04/13/special-editions-seasonal-podcasts-and-the-art-of-low-key-book-marketing-with-sara-rosett/">Special Editions, Seasonal Podcasts, and the Art of Low-Key Book Marketing with Sara Rosett</a></blockquote><iframe class="wp-embedded-content" sandbox="allow-scripts" security="restricted"  title="“Special Editions, Seasonal Podcasts, and the Art of Low-Key Book Marketing with Sara Rosett” — The Creative Penn" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/04/13/special-editions-seasonal-podcasts-and-the-art-of-low-key-book-marketing-with-sara-rosett/embed/#?secret=vCyzv5ruMs#?secret=5J7PGuNe7N" data-secret="5J7PGuNe7N" width="500" height="282" frameborder="0" marginwidth="0" marginheight="0" scrolling="no"></iframe>
</div></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: Although I must say I had forgotten about your Mystery Books podcast and going to seasonal. I also had my second podcast, Books and Travel, which is now on a kind of hiatus, but going to a seasonal approach is actually really interesting. Do you find that listeners come back to that podcast?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sara: Yes, and it surprises me because I’ve always thought you have to be weekly with a podcast to gain any traction at all, which I think is the best way to do it. You can build an audience quickly then, but I just knew I couldn’t sustain that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So when I set out, I started with maybe seven to ten episodes and I did them each year — each year has had a season — and I do five to ten episodes. Readers find it, and I have highlighted specific books. I think maybe they’re searching for a podcast about the Thursday Murder Club or something like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They find it that way, and I get downloads, just steady downloads throughout the year, and I don’t do much. I do some Pinterest pins for that, and that’s about all I do. This is one of those things — it’s the kind of low-key marketing that’s low threshold, but it does work.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think if your readers are looking for stuff to listen to about the topic you write about, it could be a good way to do some low-cost, long-tail marketing. I love it. I keep doing it because I love it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: That just seems more sustainable to me. I didn’t like doing everything every day or every single week.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sara: Me either. I like switching it up, and I do enjoy the different phases of writing. I like the research and then I like doing the — well, I don’t like the drafting that much, but once I get a draft done, I like the editing. And then when it comes time to promote it or do a special edition or whatever, I enjoy that part. Finding whatever I’m going to use for the interior photos and stuff — just things like that. I enjoy each phase and I like switching it out.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jo: I think that’s really good. Some people think this writer’s life is you write new words every single day and you manage your ads every single day. That seems to be what some people do, but that’s certainly not us, is it?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sara: No. And that’s great if you want to do that. I just don’t want to. And I think we’ve come to the point now where each person can do this as they want. Hopefully people don’t feel the pressure to meet these self-imposed deadlines or parameters that don’t exist. There’s no rules for writing or publishing. You can do whatever you want.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">***</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I am definitely a seasonal creator, I don’t write every day. I never have. I binge write when a book emerges, or binge create. As I record this I am working on the treatment and trailer for what is now called <em>Cathedral Zero</em>, a positive futurist sci-fi feature film that I am entering in the FutureVision X Prize in the next week or so, and then I will move to the next project. I also love Kickstarter launches for this reason. They feel much more sustainable because it’s such a focused marketing push.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My Books and Travel Podcast is still on hiatus, but I may still resurrect that at some point. I still feel the pull of it. And of course, this show remains weekly, but the Wednesday shift will hopefully help keep it this way. I can’t see me going seasonal with this, but never say never!&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The main thing is to consider seasonality, or consider phased approaches to your work, rather than trying to do exactly the same thing week in week out.&nbsp;</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">(7) Creative humans evolve. Build a body of work for the long term.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Roz Morris first came on this podcast in 2011, and in March 2026, in <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/03/09/writing-emotion-discovery-writing-and-slow-sustainable-book-marketing-with-roz-morris/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">episode 853 we talked about her memoir, discovery writing, and slow, sustainable book marketing</a>. Roz is an award-nominated literary author and former bestselling ghostwriter, an editor and I always appreciate her perspective as she has been doing this far longer than I have.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">****&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">JOANNA: Do you still actively choose indie for a particular reason?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">ROZ: I do. I really like building my own body of work, and I’m now experienced enough to know what I do well, what I need advice with, and help with. I mean, we don’t do all this completely by ourselves, do we? We bring in experts who will give us the right feedback if we’re doing a new genre or a genre that’s new to us.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I choose indie because I like the control. Because I began in traditional publishing—I was making books for other people—I just learned all the trades and how to do everything to a professional standard. I love being able to apply that to my own work.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also love the way I can decide what I’m going to write next. If I was traditionally published, I would have to do something that fitted with whatever the publisher would want of me, and that isn’t necessarily where my muse is taking me or what I’ve become interested in.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think creative humans evolve throughout their lives. They become interested in different things, different themes, different ways of expressing themselves. I began by thinking I would just write novels, and now I’ve found myself writing memoirs as well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That shift would have been difficult if someone else was having to make me fit into their marketing plans or what their imprint was known for. But because I’ve built my own audience, I can just bring them with me and say, “You might like this. It’s still me. I’m just doing something different.”</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><em>****&nbsp;</em></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Inspiring words from Roz there — </p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p class="wp-block-paragraph">“It’s still me, I’m just doing something different.” </p>
</blockquote>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And indeed, I am a very different Jo from the new author who started this podcast back in March 2009. I have evolved and this show has evolved and this is not the end, it is a new phase. It’s funny because it’s just a shift of two days, but it also breaks a habit, for you listening and for me creating. It changes a time slot, and that itself can be a way to change energy, to change direction, to shift what matters and how we do things. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that’s what I want to leave you with today. <strong>A question around how shifting something, even something small, might make a big difference to your creative body of work, the quality of time you have for yourself or your family</strong>, and I’d love to know what you think about today’s episode and what we covered, as well as your thoughts on the Wednesday shift. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Please leave a comment on the show notes, or the YouTube channel, or email me. I will see you next Wednesday, so happy writing and I’ll see you next time!</p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/15/why-the-podcast-is-moving-to-wednesdays-and-7-tips-for-sustainable-creativity/">Why The Podcast Is Moving To Wednesdays, And 7 Tips for Sustainable Creativity</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/15/why-the-podcast-is-moving-to-wednesdays-and-7-tips-for-sustainable-creativity/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="33209638" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_Wednesdays.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>38:42</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>After more than a decade of releasing this show on Mondays, I’m moving it to Wednesdays, and this is the first episode of the new time slot.  On the one hand, this might sound like nothing at all, but it’s also a big deal, for you and for me, and in this episode, I explain why I'm making the change, and past guests give some tips on sustainable creativity for the long term. The post Why The Podcast Is Moving To Wednesdays, And 7 Tips for Sustainable Creativity first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>After more than a decade of releasing this show on Mondays, I’m moving it to Wednesdays, and this is the first episode of the new time slot.  On the one hand, this might sound like nothing at all, but it’s also a big deal, for you and for me, and in this episode, I explain why I'm making the change, and past guests give some tips on sustainable creativity for the long term. The post Why The Podcast Is Moving To Wednesdays, And 7 Tips for Sustainable Creativity first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Bundles, Box Sets and Anthologies With Jamie Ferguson</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/13/bundles-box-sets-and-anthologies-with-jamie-ferguson/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/13/bundles-box-sets-and-anthologies-with-jamie-ferguson/#respond</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Writing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[anthologies]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37784</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>What's the difference between a bundle, a box set, an anthology, and a collection? How can being part of an anthology be creatively interesting and useful for marketing? With Jamie Ferguson</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/13/bundles-box-sets-and-anthologies-with-jamie-ferguson/">Bundles, Box Sets and Anthologies With Jamie Ferguson</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What's the difference between a bundle, a box set, an anthology, and a collection? How can being part of an anthology be creatively interesting and useful for marketing? With Jamie Ferguson</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, <a href="https://www.kdpcommunity.com/s/article/The-70-eBook-Royalty-Option-price-band-has-expanded-to-2-99-12-99?language=en_US" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Amazon Kindle increases the 70% royalty share</a>; audiobook marketing tips (<a href="https://voicesbyinaudio-newsletter.beehiiv.com/p/audiobook-marketing-tips-you-haven-t-already-heard-a-million-times" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Voices by InAudio</a>); The Builder’s Creed [<a href="https://seths.blog/2026/07/the-builders-creed/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Seth Godin</a>]; <a href="https://futurevisionxprize.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Future Vision XPrize</a>; Researching the dark side of travel [<a href="https://annasayburnlane.substack.com/p/researching-the-dark-side-travel" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Anna Sayburn Lane</a>]; <a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/DaX8aVmNJd0/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Photos from Bruges @jfpennauthor</a>; <em><a href="https://www.jfpenn.com/bones" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Bones of the Deep: A Thriller</a></em> &#8211; J.F. Penn.</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.bookfunnel.com/thecreativepenn/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="1514" height="368" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1.png" alt="" class="wp-image-37166" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1.png 1514w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1-300x73.png 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1-1024x249.png 1024w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/BookFunnel-1-768x187.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1514px) 100vw, 1514px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://bookfunnel.com/thecreativepenn/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>Today's show is sponsored by Bookfunnel,&nbsp;the essential tool for your author business. Whether it’s delivering your reader magnet, sending out advanced copies of your book, handing out ebooks at a conference, or fulfilling your digital sales to readers, BookFunnel does it all. Check it out at&nbsp;<a href="https://bookfunnel.com/thecreativepenn/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">bookfunnel.com/thecreativepenn</a></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full is-resized"><a href="https://jamieferguson.com/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="668" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Jamie-Ferguson.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37829" style="width:560px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Jamie-Ferguson.jpg 668w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Jamie-Ferguson-300x135.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 668px) 100vw, 668px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Jamie Ferguson is a fiction and short story author, editor, and publisher, with over 20 anthologies and multiple ebook bundles through her own press. Her latest book for authors is <em>Bundle Up! A Practical Guide to Anthologies and Box Sets That Sell</em>. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The difference between bundles, box sets, anthologies, and collections</li>



<li>Why a multi-author project means lots of people promoting the same book, not just you</li>



<li>How to find and pitch for anthology opportunities, and what editors look for in a contributor</li>



<li>Contracts, rights, and royalty splits explained for short fiction</li>



<li>Why Kickstarter and special print editions are changing the anthology game</li>



<li>Inkwren, the publishing management tool Jamie built for backlists and anthologies</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Jamie at <a href="https://jamieferguson.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">JamieFerguson.com</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview ith Jamie Ferguson</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Jamie Ferguson is a fiction and short story author, editor, and publisher, with over 20 anthologies and multiple ebook bundles through her own press. Her latest book for authors is <em>Bundle Up! A Practical Guide to Anthologies and Box Sets That Sell</em>. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Just for context too, one of my short stories, &#8220;The Dark Queen&#8221;, is in the <em>Amazing Monster Tales: Into the Briny Deep</em> anthology. So I'm excited to talk about this today. Welcome to the show, Jamie.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Thanks for having me, Jo.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Lots to talk about. But first up—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell us a bit more about you and how you got into writing and self-publishing.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Well, I wanted to be a writer since I was at least six, maybe before then. So it was just something I always wanted to do, but I always did it on the side.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had a year, many years ago, where I was really busy with work, and I just felt like I didn't write anything the entire year, and I thought, &#8220;I'm going to give it up.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then the next year—that was 2011—I started seeing more about self-publishing, and that really invigorated me and made me feel like, &#8220;No, why am I giving up something I've wanted to do since before I went to school?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I got back into a novel I had worked on years before. I went to a writing workshop with Dean Wesley Smith up in Oregon, back in the day, and then I had my energy back. I've been writing ever since. Still on the side, unfortunately, but someday.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Hopefully! </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell us a bit more about what kind of genres you write.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because balancing your own books with also doing these anthologies and things is quite difficult.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes, it definitely is. I'd say I primarily write contemporary fantasy, but I'll write anything in any genre if I'm really excited about it. I also have a soft spot for Westerns. They take a little more time because I like to research all the facts, but those are really fun to write.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Creating anthologies on your own is actually quite a bit of work. One of the things I also do is work with two other authors, DeAnna Knippling and Tami Veldura, and create more anthologies with them. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's really fun because then we can each take a different piece. There's also always somebody to talk to, as opposed to doing it on your own.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Let's start with the terminology, because I definitely struggled with this, and I think people still do. We've got bundles, we've got box sets, we've got anthologies, we've got collections—and are these in ebook, audiobook, or print? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Can you start by explaining what all of these words actually mean?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes. In my book I actually use the term &#8220;multi-author collection&#8221; or &#8220;multi-author project&#8221;, because there are so many different permutations and it does get confusing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">From my perspective, I think of a bundle as a collection. It could be a collection of ebooks. Technically it could be a collection of print books, although people generally use &#8220;box set&#8221; for that—but then a box set can also be a box set that's all ebooks.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">An anthology, I usually use for something that's a collection of short stories where there's an editor who's actually edited all the stories. I have had stories in anthologies where somebody didn't edit them, and they would technically be called a curator.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it is definitely confusing. I have not done anything with audio collections, but that certainly is another area that I actually think is pretty interesting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I also think that a single author&#8230; so I've done a short story collection, but an anthology is multiple authors. Is that right?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think when I came into the indie space, there were a lot more multi-author&#8230; we all called them box sets back in the day, when it was just ebooks, right? And now we can actually do boxed sets with boxes through things like BookVault. So it feels like the term &#8220;box set&#8221; has also gone out of fashion.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So if people listening are thinking of doing any of this, you do have to figure out what is the thing you might be signing up for. So let's talk about the multi-author projects, as that's where you specialise. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What are the benefits for an author to be involved in a multi-author anthology project?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> The biggest benefit is that you are one of multiple people promoting the same project, whether it's print or ebook or whatever. If I put out a short story collection on my own, I'm the one promoting it, and maybe I can get a couple of other people to write about it, but it's really just me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If I'm part of an anthology with 15 other authors, that's 15 other people who are promoting the same project. That's more newsletters, more Facebook posts, maybe something on their Patreons, whatever it is. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You get more synergy, and you get more touch points with potential readers. Then hopefully that translates into sales as well. So that's definitely the biggest part of it—the promotion. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I also personally really enjoy these types of collections because it's just fun to work with other people. There's a nice energy when everybody's like, &#8220;Oh, I put this in my newsletter, and I put this here, and I put this here,&#8221; and you feel like you're part of something bigger than just your own piece.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: What about the creative benefits? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Especially with short stories, often people will write them for a collection or for an anthology project.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes. I've definitely written some stories that I never would have thought I'd write, because somebody I knew asked if I would be interested in being in their collection—whether it's an ebook bundle or a print anthology. So at least for me, that's been really fun. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the ones that stands out is that I was asked to be in a dinosaur collection once, and I was like, &#8220;I don't write dinosaur stories.&#8221; And then I did. I set a dinosaur story in London, and it was really fun to write, and I never would have come up with that in a million years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Let's say we've got 12 authors. They've all written short stories, and now it's in this anthology. But what is the market for these kinds of things?</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Have you found that there is a readership for short story anthologies that carries over to the author's longer work?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> There is. I like to think of it as: if I have a story in a collection or an anthology—whether it's one I'm editing or somebody else is editing—that's one more place for people to find me. A lot of times anthologies will take reprints as well, like your story. &#8220;The Dark Queen&#8221;—that was a reprint.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We asked if you'd be interested in participating in the <em>Amazing Monster Tales</em> series. And I actually really like printing stories again that have already been published, because there are a lot of stories out there that can be hard to find. Or if it's an older book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have one author I've known for, like, 30 years. I reprinted one of her stories that was originally published in, I think, 1999, and the anthology it was in was out of print. You couldn't find it, and it was a fantastic story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's fun to be able to give new life to those stories and give them more opportunities, and also just have more ways for people to find you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I definitely think it's a long game. I don't think appearing in a short story anthology in one particular month is going to mean that your whole back collection just sells, right?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> No, definitely not. It's more about avenues to be found. I know there have been some anthologies that have made quite a bit of money, but in general you're probably not going to make as much money, but you will have those extra places for people to find you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I always feel like yes, there is maybe a small amount of money, but it is more about almost a marketing thing in itself.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So let's say an author is listening and they're like, &#8220;Do you know, this sounds like a great idea.&#8221; </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How can they pitch for things like this? How do they find out about opportunities, or get noticed to be asked? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And what are the expectations for them?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> The biggest thing is networking. There used to be a couple of opportunities where you could make people aware that you had stories that you were interested in potentially having picked up for something. I'm not aware of anything like that now.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I create a collection, I have a mailing list that I send out, and it includes authors I've published before. It includes a couple of extra people who somehow found my mailing list. And I'll publish, like, &#8220;Here's what I'm doing.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are also authors I've met at writing workshops. I've been able to read some of their work, I'll approach them and say, &#8220;Hey, I really liked such and such a story. Would you be interested in writing for this?&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then there are a couple of other websites, like Duotrope, and places that advertise markets and calls for submissions.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I've found them also on small presses that do these kinds of projects. They often put up one call for submission a month or something, and you can write for their particular thing. In general, the short story markets are the places to keep an eye on.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes, definitely.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: If an author wants to pitch to have their story as part of an anthology, do you want to know things like platform, or is it just the story itself?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> I personally look at the author's platform. I do make exceptions—there are actually two authors I've worked with a couple of times who don't have websites. They are people I know personally and they are very, very good writers, so I'll make an exception for things like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But otherwise, if somebody submitted a story to me and I didn't know that person, I would check out their website, I would check out their social media, I would see what else they had done.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Part of what you're doing when you're creating a collection is thinking not just about how you, as the person organising this, will promote the collection, but how the authors who are participating will help promote it as well. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If it's somebody who has a lot of fans, even if they're not very active on social media, that can help a lot too. There are a lot of different factors, though.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> So then talk us through the project timeline. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How long do things take, and what sort of involvement do the authors have along the way? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because it's a lot to juggle.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes, it is a lot to juggle. I can give you an example with the <em>Monster Tales</em> series. We'll come up with an idea, and we also like to try to get the artwork done early on in the process. We don't need it that soon, but it's really great to have that taken care of.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We'll contact authors. I think for this one we used my mailing list, but we've also contacted a number of people individually that we know who write the style of stories we like. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then, as the submissions come in, we usually wait until we have a nice chunk of them to start going through, and then we'll pick some right away. Sometimes it'll be like, &#8220;Oh my gosh, of course we want this story,&#8221; and we'll wait to fill out the other slots.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then we'll negotiate sometimes. Sometimes it's like, &#8220;I want this story.&#8221; &#8220;Well, I want this other story.&#8221; And we have to figure out how the word count works. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Once we finalise the stories, then usually what happens with that anthology is that DeAnna—who is a very, very good editor—will make the first editing pass, and then I'll make the second. And now Tami's involved, so Tami will make the third, and then we'll iterate.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Once all three of us have gone through the first time, then we'll send the story back to the author for edits. So the most the author has to do for most of the process is just wait for us to edit their story, and then work on their edits and get them back. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then, once we get closer to launch, we'll give them information about what we're going to do. For example, we're going to launch the next issue with a Kickstarter. So our authors know that we have a Kickstarter coming, and we'll give them more information as we get closer to the actual launch date.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: So how long might an author expect before their work is out there?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> It really varies. I've had some collections published very quickly—let's say a couple of months. Some have taken longer just because somebody ends up having some life issue and things get delayed. So I'd say ideally it would be more like three to nine months.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I think&#8230; depending on the—</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> —collection and the complexity.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, exactly.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And you did mention word count there. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Just give us a range of what word count you like to get.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> So these days I'm shooting for between 75,000 and 80,000 for the total word count for a collection. That includes the stories, but it also includes the opening, the introduction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For one we're working on now, we're going to have some interstitials, where we have little bits of things we're going to write in between each story. So that's the overall size of the collection.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll keep track of the word count as the stories come in, and then as we edit the stories, sometimes they grow, sometimes they shrink. Sometimes that's a big enough difference where we're like, &#8220;Okay, we need one more story to fill it in.&#8221; But that's the target.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: And how much for each individual story?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> That varies. I've done a bunch of different things. These days, what I'm advertising is between 3,000 and 8,000 words. I also always tell people: if you're outside this range on either side, just check with me, and if it's something that's really an excellent fit for the book, I'll make an exception.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The one that's coming out, I think we have a 1,500- or 2,000-word story that was just amazingly perfect for what we wanted. There was another story, actually I think it was the issue that you were in, that was at least 12,000 words, but it also was a perfect fit for the theme. So I will make exceptions, but within reason.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wouldn't put a novella inside an anthology, because then you'd have a 22,000-word story next to a 3,000-word story, and I personally feel like that's really jarring for the reader. You don't want to go from something super short to something super long. It just doesn't feel like it flows well to me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> No, absolutely.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> We'll come back to the making of it because you mentioned some really interesting things there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But just on the contractual side—a lot of indie authors don't necessarily do any publishing contracts for their work, unless it's signing the terms and conditions when uploading on Amazon or Kobo. So tell us a bit about the contract side. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What rights are we talking about here? Any red lines in contracts around this kind of thing?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> For contracts, I would recommend people read Kristine Kathryn Rusch's posts on this. She is way more informed about this than I ever will be, so when I have questions, I'll look at her posts. I've asked her a couple of questions.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What we're doing for the <em>Amazing Monster Tales</em>&#8230; this is the first time that I've actually had authors sign contracts. Prior to this, I've used PubShare, which handles royalty splits and all of that, and that was really great. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We want to do direct sales and Kickstarters and have lots of other options. So we did put together a contract this time. I'd have to pull it up, but I think we asked for first worldwide rights in English—I'm getting the terminology wrong here—but that was basically it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Or, I guess, reprint rights if the story's already been licensed.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Correct. We have two contract templates, one for original stories and one for reprints. We made sure to make that distinction, because it is definitely a distinction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the book by Kristine Kathryn Rusch—it's called <em>Closing the Deal… on Your Terms</em>—I highly recommend that for anybody interested in learning more about contracts.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, that's great. And just for people listening: when you said you didn't have contracts before, you just used PubShare. So in that way, the author still retained the rights and you just split the royalties—it was more of a co-writing thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Correct. When you publish stories through PubShare, the author signs an agreement with PubShare, and then I, as the editor or organiser, would also sign a separate agreement. So each of us has an agreement with PubShare. We don't have agreements with each other, if that makes sense.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, so it's very different to move into Kickstarter. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So tell us about what you're now moving into.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Well, Kickstarters are a new world for me personally. I have many friends who have had Kickstarters. I've supported Kickstarters. I watch them. But it's something where I'm very happy to have two partners who have done Kickstarters before.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm not sure how many Tami's done—I think Tami's done the most at this point. So this is all new to me. But it's very exciting. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">At this point we have a backlist, so part of the plan, for the <em>Monster </em>series, is to offer issues one through four as part of the rewards when we launch issue number five. That's really exciting, because I never had a backlist like that before.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, and in fact the money is in the backlist, as ever, and those add-ons or bundles as part of Kickstarter are great. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So are you going to do special print editions, or is it digital only?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> We are talking about special print editions. You mentioned BookVault earlier—we've been looking at BookVault. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Our other anthology series that hasn't come out yet will also launch with a Kickstarter. It's dragon-themed, and Tami actually did the cover work, which is beautiful. BookVault just gives you so many options that we never had before, so I'm very excited about that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I think it's a really good idea. I did gorgeous hardbacks for my solo author collection, so I think it's a great idea.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So from the publisher side, let's come back to that. You've mentioned you have to write things like an introduction and interstitials, and you're trying to balance the stories. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What are some of the other things that people might think about if they want to organise their own anthologies?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Oh gosh, where to start? There's the basic setting up of the anthology, so you have to define the table of contents. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You might get a bunch of stories that are really awesome, and you might have to tell somebody who has a wonderful story—and maybe even who's a good friend of yours—that you're going to pass on it because their story doesn't fit with all the other stories.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every time I have to do that, I feel kind of bad. But being on this side, it's really interesting to see how you can tell which stories fit together and which don't.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's also the editing process, which can be a lot of work. Part of what I like about working with Tami and DeAnna is that DeAnna really loves editing. I feel like I'm a good editor, and I can do it, but for me it's more of a job. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For DeAnna, she loves it, so she does the bulk of the editing, which is great. When I do it on my own, I feel like it's a task I have to do.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's lots of cat-herding. Sometimes people take a while to get their edits back. Sometimes they have life events, and you have to delay things because you're waiting on them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are all the little tiny pieces of organising things—like, if you're reprinting stories, you need to make sure you get the copyright attribution correct. A lot of times I'll have to go and look up where something was originally published. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">An author might say, &#8220;Oh, it was published in this year,&#8221; and I'm like, &#8220;Okay, actually it was published in this other year, by this other publication first.&#8221; So I'm trying to be organised there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">henT one of the things that very infrequently—I think it's only happened to me twice—every once in a while, you're in the middle of editing a story and you have to pass on it, even though you've already accepted it, because the editorial vision and the author vision for the story are not the same, and you can't reconcile that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think that's really interesting, because so much of what you're talking about there—you mentioned vision—it's almost taste. You're saying which stories fit.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's not just a case of, I don't know, a pirate anthology and then picking 10 stories about pirates, right? You seem to be thinking about this in a more artistic way. So can you talk a bit more about that? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do you decide on a theme, and then how do you know that a story doesn't fit?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> In the beginning, I was not this selective. In the beginning I'd say, for example, &#8220;Hey, I'm putting out a collection about fairies. Give me a fairy story,&#8221; and that was it. As I've edited the stories, it's become easier to see how things fit.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, for example, if I have 10 stories in an anthology and I have an 11th story, and they have different tones—let's say the 11th story is really funny and all the other stories are very serious—then that would be a fit thing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's not necessarily taste; it's just that you don't want one funny story if everything else is really dark and scary or serious.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As far as picking a theme, the theme could be very broad. With this dragon anthology we're working on, we decided we wanted it to be called <em>A Hoard of Books</em>. So the theme was: has to have dragons, has to have books, and that's pretty much it. And then we were like, &#8220;Let's just see what we get.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We were very surprised at what we got. We thought we'd have more serious stories, and it turned out most of them were very light-hearted and really fun. And we're like, &#8220;You know what? That actually changes the way we're looking at the whole series,&#8221; because we did not expect that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With the monster series, we'll pick a theme. So, for example, the next issue is <em>Monsters in Love</em>, and for those it's more like, let's just see what happens. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sometimes I'll have a more specific theme. The next anthology I'm publishing on my own is called <em>Fairy Bargains</em>, and I wanted people to obviously have fairies, but I wanted there to be something related to the mythology and lore of having a bargain with a fairy—and there's a lot of stuff about that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So for some things like that, when I put out a call, I'll provide information. I might say, &#8220;Here's a link to a Wikipedia article. Here's some mythology that might be helpful for you,&#8221; just because I want things to stick a little bit more to the theme itself. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whereas with <em>Monsters in Love</em>, there's a very wide range of stories, and that was very fun to work through.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, yes. There's a lot of monster, on the spicy side as well. But were you doing a clean <em>Monsters in Love</em>, as opposed to in lust?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes, this is a clean one. That's pretty funny. But boy, when you give authors the room for these types of things, you get all kinds of stories, and it is super fun to work with those collections.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> As you're talking, I definitely want to do more short stories. It's really interesting, because you can actually generally get paid more for a first print—first print rights on a short story—but I often want to just publish it myself. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I was really happy to be in yours, because it was a reprint anyway. So I was like, well, there's absolutely nothing to lose if it goes in as a reprint. So these things can be really interesting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Talking of the finance from your side of things: you have a small press and you're doing this publishing yourself, but you're paying all these authors and doing a lot of work. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So how does it work as the publisher, in terms of these anthologies, financially?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> With the ones we've published so far, because we've gone through PubShare, it's been a royalty split. As the editors, we would take a percentage, and then we pay for the artwork, and of course all of our time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think what we were doing there was saying 70% of the royalties would be split equally between all of the authors and the stories. So, for example, if I had a story as well, I would get part of the author split—the same percentage as everybody else in the collection—in addition to the editor split.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For what we're doing now, we've changed this a little bit, and I believe we said 60% goes to the authors, and then we're going to keep a share of the proceeds for the business because we want to be able to pay for the artwork out of the business account. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We want to pay for advertising, whatever we need to do—like setting up our store, or if we wanted to invest in anything, we want to be able to do that as the business, as opposed to it just being us doing this on our own. We're just trying to treat it a little bit differently.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And I know it's so much work—a crazy amount of work. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How many anthologies and books do you have to do in a year to make it worthwhile financially?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Oh, I don't know. I would say, unless you get an opportunity—like, for example, to have an anthology in a story bundle or something like that—you may not break even. But if you're going to do this, do it more for the marketing, do it more because you enjoy it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, going forward, I think that will change, because we are looking at Kickstarters, we are looking at direct sales. We're very motivated to try to make this more of a business thing than a fun side project. So, ask me in a year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, hopefully more. I do think Kickstarter is great for short stories. I actually buy quite a few collections on Kickstarter. I think they're actually really hard to discover through, say, Amazon—it's a place that is quite hard to identify short stories.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whereas I've found I've bought collections on Kickstarter because there's so much more of a sales page—there's so much more rich media that tells me how I'm going to feel about the stuff. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've bought short story anthologies and collections from people I don't know. So I think it's a really good thing to do. There is an audience there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes, definitely. And it does feel like the anthologies on Amazon don't sell as well—you don't make as much as you used to. I've been doing this for, well, gosh, 10 years now, and I feel like the sales numbers on Amazon in the past year were noticeably lower than they would have been six or eight years ago.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I am very excited about Kickstarter. Plus, Kickstarter just feels really fun. You're not just throwing your book up; you also have all the extra stuff with the page, you have the rewards, and it just feels really exciting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> No, I agree. I really love it. I didn't do it for a long time, and now I just love it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> So, staying with the publisher side of things—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Any practical formatting and production tips? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because in these types of projects, all kinds of people just send you different stuff.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> I have a style guide. So whether it's me or it's the group project, once all the edits are complete, I'll do a formatting pass, and I'll make sure I use curly quotes and the same em dash format and everything, just so everything in the book is formatted the same way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every once in a while there's an author who has something particular that they want, and I can work around that, and that's fine.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also work with a lot of Canadian authors, and I'll let them keep their Canadian spellings. I don't think everybody does that, but I feel like that's their voice in a way, so I don't correct those. I might check some things there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think the formatting is important—it makes things look better if everything has the same style. Then I use Vellum, which makes things really easy. I love Vellum. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because I publish so many authors at this point, I have a Vellum file where I store their biographies and their links, so when I publish a new anthology I'll just go grab, say, Jo's &#8220;about the author&#8221; page from that collection and put it into the new file.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I also track when the last time was that I checked with the author about their biography. If it's been more than a year, I'll check in with them and say, &#8220;Hey, do you have an updated biography you want me to use? Here are your links—do you have any different links now?&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that makes it a lot easier from the formatting standpoint.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And you mentioned Vellum—having done box sets on Vellum, you can just drag a whole book in there if you want to do a three-book box set, or three short stories, whatever. It's much easier to just drag things in, and it makes it easier to format.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I would say to people: you don't need to worry too much about that. There are lots of things that can help you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But even with doing the print stuff for the Kickstarter—people have opinions, don't they? So in terms of authors' opinions and managing—you mentioned herding cats—how do you manage all of that side of things?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> I haven't actually had a lot of trouble with that. The authors I've worked with seem to feel like they gave me their story, and then once the edits are out of the way&#8230; I haven't had anybody have any issues with the covers. Usually they love the covers, especially for the Monster series. So, no problems there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, that's good. Well, I would say a tip would be to make sure you're communicating, if you're somebody who's organising. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So talk a bit about communication.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Communication is very important. What I try to do is send regular updates, especially if I'm in the middle of edits or working on something and I'm not ready to launch. I'll send an update email out to the authors and just say, &#8220;Here's what's going on, here's what the plan is.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Or if the plan has to change, if the launch date has to change for some reason, I'll let the authors know about that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Actually, with the upcoming <em>Monsters in Love</em> issue, we were originally not going to do a Kickstarter. That was a late decision, so I contacted all the authors and said, &#8220;We've changed our plans. We're going to launch this with a Kickstarter. Please confirm that you're okay with this.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One author was not comfortable with the Kickstarter idea, so he pulled his story, and then we found a replacement story for that. But I just feel like the communication piece is really essential. It's really important for the authors to know what's going on.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, absolutely. So, we've talked about how marketing is a good thing, in terms of there being lots of people marketing. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How are you effectively marketing these kinds of books, as the premise is quite different to a single author project?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Right. There's the usual—write a release post, write posts on social. I do additional things, so I'll publish what I call a story spotlight for each story in the anthology. That's just where I talk a little bit about the story, I provide an excerpt, and then I provide the author's bio and links to find them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Those are really great, because they're very quick to put together. The hardest part is getting a short excerpt that shows enough about the story to be engaging. But that really isn't that much time, either. Then those are also nicely evergreen.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've actually searched for authors before, when I'm trying to research them for an interview, and I've found my own spotlight posts and my own interview posts with authors come up at the top of the list, which is kind of funny.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also do interviews with as many of the authors in a collection as are willing to participate. Sometimes people just don't have the time—I don't make this required—but I usually get 80 to 90% of the authors participating. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, for example, this year I'm in a couple of bundles on StoryBundle, and I'm doing interviews for people there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's also really fun, and you're not paying for advertising—you're just creating something that the authors are excited about and they want to share. So it promotes the collection, but it also promotes the author, which I find really nice. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's a nice networking thing too, and I'm happy if someone wants to interview me. It's like free publicity for each person, in addition to the collection.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I love that you've used the word &#8220;fun&#8221; quite a lot, which I find amazing. You're obviously a super collaborative person. I've co-written a number of books—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I've been part of some collections, and I really think that there are two personalities.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One is like me, where we really love the creation stuff and the publishing stuff, but we're hyper-controlling. And then someone like you—you're very collaborative, and you're doing such a great job. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To people listening, I would say: if you're more like me, don't organise an anthology. What you want is Jamie, or somebody who actually finds it fun to organise a big group of authors.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes. It is definitely interesting working with other partners in this, because when I publish an anthology on my own, I make all the decisions. I pick the artwork, I pick the theme, I do everything, I decide the table of contents. But when you're working with other people, you do need to negotiate.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So we've had a couple of times where it's like, &#8220;I want this story.&#8221; &#8220;Well, I want this other story, I don't like the story that you want.&#8221; And so we have to barter, in a way. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Aside from that, it is nice, because you get to split up the tasks. I could focus on things like the organising—I do the Vellum files, I do the final cover and everything. For the Kickstarters, actually, Tami's got more expertise, so Tami's going to be working on the Kickstarters for our collections together.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If I had to do all this on my own, it's a ton of work. It's a ton of work. So it is nice to split it up.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And of course, one of the things is managing so many moving parts—and you've actually built a tool to manage all this.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So tell us a bit about that tool, and how it might be useful for people with big backlists as well as anthologies.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> I built what I think of as a publishing management application. The original idea is that, for years and years, I wanted a software tool that would do catalogue management, because I was managing my own catalogue, and I was also managing—at this point I've published at least 20 anthologies, so that's a lot of authors.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then last summer, I had an author who I'd published a number of times, who was going to, I think, WorldCon, and she asked if I could give her covers for five anthologies she'd been in, so that she could make some promotional material. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was like, &#8220;Oh, sure, I can do that.&#8221; And then I was like, &#8220;Well, wait a second—is this in Notion?&#8221;—because I started trying to use Notion last year—&#8221;or is it in a spreadsheet?&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It turned out her information was in, like, three different places, and I had to work to pull it together. And then I was like, &#8220;You know what? That's it. I'm just going to finally write this application.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So Inkwren manages your stories. As an author, I can manage my stories—I can track which are published, which are drafts, which are just ideas. I can track my publications. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">From the publisher standpoint, it's really helpful, because I can track each anthology I've published and what I'm working on. I can track the edits, I can track the contracts.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I can upload contract templates—so we talked earlier about the original and reprint contract templates that I use. I upload those, and they have placeholders in them. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I generate the actual contract, the author's name will replace the placeholder—I'll have the text &#8220;author name&#8221; in the contract template, and it'll get replaced by, like, &#8220;Joanna Penn&#8221; or whatever. So that saves a lot of time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I also added in task tracking, because I started to feel like, well, now all my stuff is in one place, but my tasks are somewhere else. So now I can associate tasks with a publication. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For example, for the book I'm working on right now, I know which tasks I need to do for the cover, and which for the interior, and everything. I have a template of tasks.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I can also track tasks related to promotions. For example, the story bundle I'm promoting right now, I have a task for each interview I'm doing with the authors, and I have a calendar view. I can see when I'm going to publish them and know that they're all spread out. It saves me so much time, and it's so much easier.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I do think building tools when you actually need the tool yourself is very useful. Just say the name again, and spell it out for people.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> It's Inkwren. My own personal publishing company is Blackbird Publishing, and I wanted something related to birds and writing. So I came up with Inkwren, which is I-N-K-W-R-E-N, and it's just <a href="https://inkwren.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">inkwren.com</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: And it is available for other people to potentially buy and use?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Yes, it is.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Well, I think that's super useful, because it's very hard when people are starting out and they think, &#8220;Oh, I've only got one book—why would I need any kind of tool to manage it?&#8221; But over the years, your backlist grows, especially with short stories. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I love that you've built this, and there's probably more that you can add over time as you expand the business yourself. So much potential. So we are at the end. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where can people find you and your books and everything you do online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> My author website is <a href="https://jamieferguson.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">JamieFerguson.com</a>. And then, obviously, I mentioned <a href="https://inkwren.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Inkwren</a> earlier. My publishing company is <a href="https://blackbirdpublishing.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">BlackbirdPublishing.com</a>. And then the projects I'm doing with Tami and DeAnna—we have a couple of websites, but the easiest way to find us is our press, which is <a href="https://borogrovepress.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">BorogrovePress.com</a>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Fantastic. Well, thanks so much for your time, Jamie. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jamie:</strong> Thanks, Joanna.</p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/13/bundles-box-sets-and-anthologies-with-jamie-ferguson/">Bundles, Box Sets and Anthologies With Jamie Ferguson</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/13/bundles-box-sets-and-anthologies-with-jamie-ferguson/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="50860867" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_JamieFerguson.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>59:42</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>What's the difference between a bundle, a box set, an anthology, and a collection? How can being part of an anthology be creatively interesting and useful for marketing? With Jamie Ferguson The post Bundles, Box Sets and Anthologies With Jamie Ferguson first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>What's the difference between a bundle, a box set, an anthology, and a collection? How can being part of an anthology be creatively interesting and useful for marketing? With Jamie Ferguson The post Bundles, Box Sets and Anthologies With Jamie Ferguson first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Author Voice Mastery, And Rebooting an Author Business With J. Daniel Sawyer</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/06/author-voice-mastery-and-rebooting-an-author-business-with-j-daniel-sawyer/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/06/author-voice-mastery-and-rebooting-an-author-business-with-j-daniel-sawyer/#comments</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Mon, 06 Jul 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Writing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[author voice]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37781</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>What happens to your creativity when you&#8217;re in pain or sick, and can you ever get it back? How can you find and sharpen your author voice? J. Daniel Sawyer talks about voice mastery, writing with chronic pain, and building an eclectic author business. In the intro, leaning into your Strengths and deciding what you [&#8230;]</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/06/author-voice-mastery-and-rebooting-an-author-business-with-j-daniel-sawyer/">Author Voice Mastery, And Rebooting an Author Business With J. Daniel Sawyer</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What happens to your creativity when you're in pain or sick, and can you ever get it back? <strong>How can you find and sharpen your author voice?</strong> J. Daniel Sawyer talks about voice mastery, writing with chronic pain, and building an eclectic author business.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, leaning into your Strengths and deciding what you want to achieve by the end of the year; and <em><a href="https://www.jfpenn.com/bones" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Bones of the Deep</a></em> by J.F. Penn.</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.prowritingaid.com/joanna" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="1200" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink.png" alt="PWA wordmark 1200x300 pink" class="wp-image-36589" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink.png 1200w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink-300x75.png 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink-1024x256.png 1024w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PWA-wordmark-1200x300-pink-768x192.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="http://www.prowritingaid.com/joanna" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>Today's show is sponsored by ProWritingAid, writing and editing software that goes way beyond just grammar and typo checking. With its detailed reports on how to improve your writing and integration with writing software, ProWritingAid will help you improve your book&nbsp;<em>before</em>&nbsp;you send it to an editor, agent or publisher. Check it out for free or get 15% off the premium edition at&nbsp;<a href="http://www.prowritingaid.com/joanna" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">www.ProWritingAid.com/joanna</a></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full"><a href="https://jdsawyer.net/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="918" height="375" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/J-Daniel-Sawyer.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37810" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/J-Daniel-Sawyer.jpg 918w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/J-Daniel-Sawyer-300x123.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/J-Daniel-Sawyer-768x314.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 918px) 100vw, 918px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">J. Daniel Sawyer is the author of over 30 books across science fiction, fantasy, crime, short stories, and nonfiction, as well as being a podcaster and filmmaker. His latest book for authors is <em>The Pitch-Perfect Author: Voice Mastery for Writers</em>. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Writing fiction through chronic pain and re-emerging into health after surgery</li>



<li>How your physical health shapes (and darkens) your fiction</li>



<li>Rebooting an author business around a weekly Substack column</li>



<li>What author voice really is, and why it's fundamentally about sound</li>



<li>The building blocks of voice: functional vocabulary, dialect, and musicality</li>



<li>The &#8220;crossing the line twice&#8221; trick for hearing your own voice objectively</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Dan at <a href="https://jdsawyer.net/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">JDsawyer.net</a> or on <a href="https://jdanielsawyer.substack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Substack</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with J. Daniel Sawyer</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> J. Daniel Sawyer is the author of over 30 books across science fiction, fantasy, crime, short stories, and nonfiction, as well as being a podcaster and filmmaker. His latest book for authors is <em>The Pitch-Perfect Author: Voice Mastery for Writers</em>. So welcome back to the show, Dan.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Hello, Joanna. It's good to be back.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Goodness me, you have been on the podcast a few times, but actually, the last time was April 2017, which is crazy. It's nine years ago. When I saw your book, I was like, &#8220;I can't believe we haven't talked for that long.&#8221; For anyone who doesn't know you, tell us a bit more about— </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What does your creative and author business look like these days?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Oh, well, these days it's in a state of recovery because it basically ground to a halt while I was dying a few years ago. It turned out I had an organ disease from the time I was a kid that I didn't know about, and it just progressively got worse and worse, putting me in more and more pain. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I hit a point around about 2020 or so where I was in so much pain that I couldn't write fiction.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I continued to write nonfiction, but when you're carrying around a lot of physical pain, there comes a point where so much of your brain's activity goes into coping with it that you actually lose the ability to model other people's emotional states—or at least well enough to write fiction.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I was very frustrated, and I was despairing that I was ever going to be a novelist again. Then suddenly, what I was sick with went acute. I went to the emergency room, and they're like, &#8220;Oh, if you don't have surgery in the next 24 hours, you're going to die.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I went and got surgery, and there was one bed in the whole state. There was a three-hour drive to get to the one that was available in the time window. I get there. They wheel me into the OR. I wake up afterwards, and I realise that I'm not in pain, and that I had never felt that before in my adult life.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Wow.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Just the walls of my whole reality came caving in. Two weeks later, I was back up and working, and since then I've been slowly reacquiring my ability to write fiction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So now I've got four novels going again, like I used to have going all the time, as well as doing a weekly column and all sorts of other stuff.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think a lot of people will be interested in this. A lot of writers have chronic pain issues or chronic health issues, and yours sounds like it was a sort of down, down, down, down—and then more of a sudden up.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Maybe just talk a bit more, because I feel like a lot of the time people are too hard on themselves about, &#8220;Oh my goodness, if I can't write fiction, is it the end of everything?&#8221; </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So how did you adapt to that, with the mental health aspect of dealing with that change in circumstance?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Well, it was happening so gradually, and it happened at the same time that a whole bunch of other weirdly stressful things happened, like COVID and a couple of family emergencies that derailed my whole life for a couple of years. I assumed it was just really bad stress that would pass with time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I had the despairing feeling, because when you write fiction, it tends to occupy a central place in your self-concept. I'd also been through very tough times before, so I was like, &#8220;Well, got through that then, maybe I'll get through this now.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I just made sure to keep writing something, because at least you keep the discipline of the words flowing. There was still thought going on, so I would have ideas for novels and write them down. There were good days and bad days.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Occasionally I would sit down and be like, &#8220;I feel like fiction today,&#8221; and I would write a couple thousand words, and then it would be 10 months before I could do that again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you work with your mind, it is really easy to develop or sink into the delusion that your mind is not your body. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, if you're paralysed or you're missing limbs, you can still write—but your mind and your body are a single system, and eventually, if something terrible is wrong with your body, it's going to affect your cognition, your emotive abilities, and all the things that we depend on for creativity.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That doesn't necessarily mean that if you're sick or injured, or you've got chronic health problems from birth, that you can't write. It just means that it really is one of the factors that goes into shaping your experience of the world, that goes into shaping the way you process things and they come out on paper.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When there's a massive change in your health, it's going to show up in your fiction somehow. If your health goes way down, especially if you get into a lot of pain or you have a terminal illness, your fiction's going to get darker.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the reasons—I discovered this after I got my surgery—one of the reasons is that the sense of impending doom is actually a medical symptom of organ death.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Well, don't say that to a dark writer like me. I have a sense of impending doom the entire time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Well, there's a cognitive sense of impending doom that you get if you're modelling systems and you see how things can go wrong. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But the sense that you feel the claws of demons grasping at your heart all the time—that can be a medical symptom. So pay attention to that. I didn't know that until afterwards, or I'd have gotten looked at a lot sooner.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That is really interesting. You mentioned there you are reacquiring the ability to write fiction, or that's what you've been focusing on. You also talked about having to reboot the business. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what are some of the concrete things you're doing to rebuild?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Well, the first thing I did is I allowed myself to get talked into doing a weekly Substack column a couple of years ago, and that's worked out really well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Pay is pretty decent. I've been posting most everything for free except for some previews of upcoming books, but I'm now learning the art of paywalling, so that also helps. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Getting paid for the weekly column is quite nice, and a side effect is that it does drive people occasionally to the fiction, even though I'm writing nonfiction.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It more frequently drives people to the nonfiction books, but it gives me a good place to announce new releases, to promote book bundles, Kickstarters, and all that sort of thing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's a very good place for that because the people who are subscribing there—especially the people who are subscribing and supporting—are interested enough in what I'm saying that they want my email every week. So it's a good filtering mechanism for building the email list as well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You used to do a lot of audio. That's how we connected way back, like 17 years ago, I think, when we first connected. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So are you still doing a lot of audio?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> I am not at the moment. It's not because of a decision to drop the audio. It's because I am now building my house, and I don't have a place that's quiet enough to record dependably.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm living in a little RV at the moment while I build the house. In the deep winter, everything is quiet enough in the forest to record some things, and so I do audiobooks for clients, and I work on audiobooks of my own that are coming out.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's not quiet enough to podcast, and it's not quiet enough to be recording any other time than when the whole world is asleep. Hopefully by next year I will have the recording studio building built, and then I'll be back at it. Because boy, I miss it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I know. So you mentioned there bundles and Kickstarters and things, and we reconnected because I bought a StoryBundle, and your new book, <em>The Pitch-Perfect Author</em>, was in the StoryBundle, which was part of why I bought it anyway. So let's get into the book and what's useful. Let's start with—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What is author voice anyway, and why is it important?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Author voice. Everything about the way that you write is part of your author voice. The themes that you gravitate to, the way that you turn a phrase, the way that you tell a joke, the way that you handle dramatic tension.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When all of that combines, it creates in the reader's mind an emotional fingerprint, a gestalt that says, &#8220;This is a Joanna Penn book. This is a Dan Sawyer book,&#8221; or whoever.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you bring the focus down further, author voice is fundamentally an auditory phenomenon. You can see this if you look at the careers of writers who had major worldview shifts during their career, or who shifted genres.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you read an Isaac Asimov mystery, and you read <em>Asimov's Guide to the Bible</em>, and you read Isaac Asimov's <em>The Robots of Dawn</em>, they're all Asimov. You can hear him talking to you through all of those different venues.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So author voice is not a genre thing. It's not dependent on content. It has to do fundamentally with how your brain processes language and how it comes out of your mouth.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That, in turn, is based on patterns that were laid down when you were pre-verbal as an infant. You learned language by mapping the music of the conversations around you, and then gradually learning that the sing-song you were hearing corresponded to ideas. That's how the brain bootstraps itself into language.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So when you start writing, just like when you start speaking, you wind up imitating a lot—unconsciously—the people you've read and heard, because that's how you develop your voice. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There comes a point at which all the various influences on you, and who you are, and how they pass through you, crystallises into something definite.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">By the time you're a moderately competent writer, and you're finishing novels and short stories well, your author voice is pretty well established. But that doesn't mean it's sharp, because most people don't actually concentrate on learning to hear their author voice, so they can't tell when it's off.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is why new writers who revise a lot tend to revise their voice right out. When they write, they're using language as feels right to them, but when they read, they're reading it like an English teacher, or through the lens of someone who has very definite ideas about how grammar should work in all circumstances.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So they tend to smooth the quirkiness out of their voice, and what you get is something flat. It doesn't feel alive. It may convey information, it may tell a good story, but it doesn't feel like you're entering something that's living.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think this is so difficult, especially for people who are new to writing. Because I remember very much spending the first few years going along to writers' conferences, and there were always sessions on &#8220;you must find your writer's voice.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You must find your author's voice, and we publish books because of the voice, and all this. It was very, very confusing to me. As you say, it has to emerge somehow, and yet that emergence seems to be very hard to accept. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what are some of the ways we can perhaps think about voice?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You mentioned there some patterns. You talk about music. So what are some of those angles? In the book, you have different chapters on all of these things, but maybe just talk more about some of the elements.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> The first and most obvious is functional vocabulary. This is not the number of words that you know. These are the words that you can reach for in the moment. You can expand your functional vocabulary by deliberately using more words—burnish your inner thesaurus. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The greater your functional vocabulary is, the more your personality is going to come out through your voice. When you've got more options to do something that's just the way that you want to do it, the closer it's going to be to the way you want to do it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So there's functional vocabulary. There's your native dialect and accent. You, being British, have a different set of preferred terms for everything than I, being a West Coast American, do.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the great differences that's always visible between an English writer and an American writer is that you guys have a different way of speaking. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you speak of a difference between one thing and another, you talk about how this car is different <em>to</em> that car. And Americans say this car is different <em>from</em> that car. It always marks out a British writer versus an American writer.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There are 100 little things like that. They happen not just between major countries, but within regions in every country. You could tell on paper the difference between someone from Yorkshire and someone from London, just as I can tell on paper the difference between someone from the West Coast and someone from Mississippi.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even if they're highly educated, the idiom, the preferred turns of phrase, the preferred imagery—all of that is going to be a little bit different, and it conveys that regionality.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's also the musicality of the language. This is the actual rhythm of the words with which you speak. When you learn to analyse poetry or to write poetry, you learn something called scansion. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">How a poem scans is—what are the beats of the lines, how are the beats of the lines related to each other, and how does the rhyme move in and out of that?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A Shakespearean sonnet, or a sonnet from the Elizabethan era, has a specific metre, a specific number of lines, and a specific rhyme scheme, and the metre is iambic pentameter.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">An iamb is &#8220;bum-bum,&#8221; if I remember right. It's the rhythm of the heartbeat. It's &#8220;bum-bum, bum-bum, bum-bum.&#8221; And you can hear it in the name of the metre, the iamb. The iambic pentameter is where the stressed syllable is the second syllable and the unstressed syllable is the first syllable.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">All of Shakespeare is written in blank verse, which is unrhymed iambic pentameter. The pentameter is five feet per line, so one iamb is &#8220;bum-bum&#8221;—that's one foot—and five of those makes one line of Shakespeare. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We all have inherent rhythms like that in the way we naturally speak, but we can also tweak those rhythms on purpose to achieve dramatic effect.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The iamb has the sound of the heartbeat. It's a very reassuring speech rhythm. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The trochaic is a much more rapid one—it mirrors the rhythm of a rapidly beating heart. So you see this a lot in Edgar Allan Poe, especially in his frenetic poems like &#8220;The Bells,&#8221; how they jingle, jingle, jangle on a hoary moonless night. There's a rushing sound to that metre.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You're going to find that you will automatically do a little bit of this, just the way that you'll automatically have picked up the convention of breaking sentences up into shorter lengths during really exciting or suspense-filled parts of your book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Once you know what it is, you can start to use it on purpose. Quite a lot of developing your voice is learning to recognise these latent, existing qualities in the way you communicate, and sharpening them up and making them conscious tools that you can pull in whenever you want.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> On the one hand, there are a lot of technical words there that are really interesting, and maybe poets know a lot more of those words than most other writers. The book is really interesting in that way—kind of learning about these different things.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I guess I want to reassure people as well that, as you said, some of this can be unconscious. So often when I'm self-editing and I'm reading a sentence to myself, there's something that doesn't feel right about it. So I will rewrite that sentence so that it feels right. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Sometimes we do something that might be grammatically less correct, but it sounds better than it did before. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So many of these things we almost know instinctively, just from reading so much.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Oh, yes. From reading so much and talking so much, and again, from the way you acquire language. That gives you a template in your head of what sounds right.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Language is inherently musical. So if you've ever listened to a song—especially one that wasn't recorded by a professional, but someone singing in a church choir, or your kid practising for a recital, or you practising for a recital—you know that feeling that happens when someone hits a wrong note.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's that little wince down in the core of your being, and then the song carries on and you forget about it, unless there are too many of them, in which case you just sort of cower and ooze out of the room. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That feeling of &#8220;Ooh, someone just hit a wrong note&#8221;—that's exactly the feeling you get when you're reading through to edit your work and something is off in the technical layer of your voice.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You should pay attention to that and rewrite so that it feels good, or feels great, which is even better. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You've got the opposite of the wince, which is that sense of rapture and joy if you're listening to a professional musician and they go on an amazing guitar solo, or a flautist does an incredible trill that just sends shivers up your spine.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That sense of excitement and joy—that's what happens when you're reading and the author does something with the language that makes the whole piece fly. So you want to be paying attention for those too, because those you'll commit without intending to. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you're reading back and you find those, you want to make note of them, because that's you seeing where you are at your strongest with your voice.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">By learning both where you're making mistakes and where you're being brilliant—just like with anything else—you can start to advance towards being brilliant more often and making fewer mistakes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Then there's a difficulty around where the line is, especially when you're an early-stage writer. Many people work with editors, and you mentioned the problem of revising your voice away, and that may also happen if you're working with an editor.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Like you said, as a Brit, I work with an American editor, Kristen, and she's excellent. She's very, very good at letting my voice be my voice, and then fixing things that make it better. But a lot of people don't feel that way about their editors.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So how can people understand where those lines are between being well-edited and becoming a better writer, and then needing to hold the line on their voice?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> It really helps if you understand where you are weak. Why are you hiring the editor in the first place?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm a big believer in the utility of having other eyes on the manuscript, but it's really important to know what you're looking for from them. You and I have both been to the Oregon Coast writing seminars, back when that was a thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Mm.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> One of the things they would talk about with editors is when you've got a story editor or a beta reader who says, &#8220;Hey, something here didn't work in the story for me,&#8221; you usually don't want to look at that point. You want to trace back from that point to figure out where you set the wrong expectation.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Any editorial feedback is going to have a gap between what they notice and what really needs to be fixed. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As a writer, learning to interpret the feedback properly so that you actually elevate the material, instead of interpreting the feedback like you're trying to do customer service for an employer, where you just want to make the customer happy, is a really important skill to develop.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's regardless of whether the feedback has to do with voice or plot or characterisation or whatever. Some editors are really good at back-tracing and actually spotting the real problem. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Editors make their money, or get hired, or get picked by you to volunteer, because they're good at being an audience—not because they're good at being a writer. So learning to interpret the editorial feedback is a really important step in that maturation journey.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I think &#8220;maturation journey&#8221; is a good way to put it. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Personally, I think it was around book five when I really felt, &#8220;Okay, now I see what my voice actually is.&#8221; Like, it had to be five novels, and then I was like, &#8220;Okay, now I know.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I just didn't get it before then, and then finally—I don't know—a penny dropped or something. Maybe I grew into it, grew more confident, that kind of thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Yes, and that's actually about right. If you look at writers with a big catalogue, five books in is usually where they start really sounding like them. So that's a pretty normal maturation curve.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There is a way to speed it up, which is to read your books aloud—or even better, make audiobooks and then listen to them a thousand times. Listen to them until you are sick of them, and then listen to them until you start to like them again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's a lot.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> It's a lot, but there's a really specific neurological mechanism at work. You're familiar with the comedy term &#8220;crossing the line twice,&#8221; right?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Not really.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Okay. Have you seen the Monty Python Spam sketch?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Okay. So for those of you who have not seen this—in the Monty Python Spam sketch, there's a couple, they're in a diner, and everything on the menu has spam in it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They say the word &#8220;spam&#8221; so much that you just want to shoot your television. But they keep it up, and then suddenly, at some point—it's a different point for everybody watching—they keep it going on long enough that everybody gets there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">At some point, the word &#8220;spam&#8221; itself becomes hilarious, and you can't stop laughing, and you don't know why, because it shouldn't work, but goddammit it really does. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's so funny that we named junk email &#8220;spam&#8221; after this sketch, because it's a whole bunch of stuff that you don't want, but it keeps showing up anyway. That's crossing the line twice.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What's going on is that your brain is getting accustomed to a sound. It has extracted all of the meaning it can, and so it's doing what it does with all sensory input. When it thinks it's got it mapped out, it's trying to filter it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Unless you are going to sit and concentrate on it, you can't feel the texture of the fabric of your clothing on the back of your legs, because your brain—despite the fact that it's getting that input all the time—is filtering that out, because it needs you to have your resources free for thinking.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you experience something over and over and over, no matter what it is or how complex it is, the brain habituates like that. But if that signal refuses to be filtered, and the input keeps coming, and it keeps getting more intense, or it stays persistent and it's too complex to filter easily, your brain starts to think, &#8220;Oh, maybe I shouldn't be filtering this out.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">&#8220;Maybe there's meaning here that's important for my survival that I hadn't extracted.&#8221; And so suddenly it starts searching for meaning to associate with that sensation—and that's the point at which the joke becomes funny again, or you start to experience your voice as if it's somebody else's.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you begin to experience your author voice as if it's somebody else's, you can hear it as a distinct, objective style, rather than just as an echo of the voices that are in your head.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's why music students practise over and over and over, even on a piece they know cold. They're doing the same trick that I'm advocating with listening to your audiobooks until you're not sick of them anymore.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I mean, I think that's terrifying, because I just don't want to listen to my books over and over again. I think it's very interesting that you think it could shortcut that voice process.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Staying on audio—since we last spoke, I have done a lot of my own audiobook narration, mainly for nonfiction, but also my short stories. I haven't done my full-length fiction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What I discovered in doing this is that what read fine to me when I was self-editing my own work on the page—and obviously I'm hearing it in my head—when I perform the audiobook, I actually have to edit things again. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what are some of your tips for how we can bridge that gap? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because that's kind of strange.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> So what's happening is that there's a much wider latitude of things that work on the page than what works with voice. The reason is that with voice, all of those rhythmic elements I was talking about before are really pronounced, as well as all the sensual elements.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Basically every word and sound has a mouth shape. The mouth shape affects the emotional valence of the sound.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Stuff that's unpleasant tends to have a really close-in feel—I'm trying to scrunch my face up—where you would grit your teeth and scrunch up your face if something is unpleasant. And if something is really pleasant, it tends to have a rounded feel, and our language reflects it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In fact, all languages reflect this, because language is a physical thing that's based on the sensuality of the body. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, like, in all cultures &#8220;mama&#8221; is the word for mother that babies first say, regardless of what it is. It has a round feel, because babies associate their mother with roundness. A lot of language is built up that way, from baseline sensual cues.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When you're working just in text, that aspect is not nearly as obvious to you. When you're reading, it's not as obvious to you. It's still at play, but when you go to do something verbally, and you go to read a text, all of those sensual cues come in at the same time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then the rhythm comes in hard, and you suddenly realise that—hey, that conveys the thought, but it doesn't feel right. So you wind up retooling a bit. There's also occasionally tongue twisters, which you have to work your way around. So that's why that happens.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Then I guess another thing—I hear quite often, people say, &#8220;Oh, I don't like my voice.&#8221; And they mean, &#8220;I don't like speaking out loud. I don't want to be on video. I don't want to be on audio.&#8221; I wonder—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Does that sort of resistance potentially affect their writing voice? Are there ways people can get over that feeling?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Yes, for sure. There are a few things that go into that. One is basic self-loathing. A lot of people carry it around. Most people learn to make a decent life even though they kind of secretly suspect that they're not worth anything, or they secretly find themselves revolting. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That kind of thing you can't really fix with exercises. That's something you fix with —</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Therapy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Psychological work, or spiritual work, or that kind of thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> But the not liking the sound of your own voice—that's easy to fix. Here's why it happens. When you're listening to your voice as you speak, the bones in your head are amplifying the bass signals and attenuating the treble.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's kind of like if you were to shout in another room and your spouse hears you, but they can't make out the consonants. That's because all the consonants are being filtered out by the wall in between, but the bass is being resonated through. The same thing happens in your head. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So when you get on a microphone—especially if it's an accurate microphone—you're suddenly hearing what everybody else hears when you speak, and it sounds thin and tinny and unpleasant compared to what you're used to hearing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The really easy way to get around this is to get a microphone that is tuned for singers. The condenser mic that I have isn't made anymore, so I can't really recommend a good condenser mic. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you're on a dynamic mic, the Shure SM58 is the one to use. I podcasted with that for years before I could afford an upgrade. It is tuned for singers to sound as good as possible without any other help from the sound engineer, which means that the baseline sound for that microphone is what you're hearing in your head. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you use the right equipment, you get around that problem really quickly, to the extent that you can technically. Then after that, it's just a matter of crossing the line twice.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You listen to yourself enough that you stop hearing, &#8220;Oh my God, I'm talking,&#8221; and you start hearing, &#8220;Oh, that voice is making this sound.&#8221; And once you hear, &#8220;Oh, it's that voice making this sound,&#8221; you don't have that problem anymore, ever again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, good. Well, hopefully that's fixed it for people. And of course, there are lots of brilliant things in the book, <em>The Pitch-Perfect Author</em>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Before we finish up, I did want to return to your Substack. I was having a look at it, and it includes some really interesting things. Like, you're doing this metalwork, which is really cool. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It felt coherent to me, because I know you, and you're a polymath, and you're interested in so many things. So your Substack kind of stood out to me as quite eclectic, compared to, say, other writers who are going on Substack to try and sell specific books. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So is this a deliberate marketing choice, or is it just be an interesting person and you will attract people who are interested more generally?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Well, I suppose it kind of winds up being the latter, but basically it's that I get bored easily. If I'm going to be writing every week, I need to stay interested in it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the books I wrote when I was really sick—that's not out on the market yet, but it is serialised on Substack—is a guide to self-education. It'll be coming out later this year on the general market. It's called <em>Reclaiming Your Mind: An Autodidact's Bible</em>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I talk in there quite a bit about the illusion of discrete areas of knowledge. There is a level of learning at which the silos of information start to collapse together. Woodworking and writing have a lot to do with each other.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A lot of the terminology we use in writing is pulled from the trades—especially woodworking, and metalworking, and gunsmithing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As you begin to spot these connections between different areas of knowledge, it becomes really easy to slide between them for your hobbies, for your writing, for just your personal gratification.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As I've gotten older—and also as I've gotten access to a little space that's not contained within a teeny little apartment—I have just gone with it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As I've discovered, &#8220;Hey, this thing is tangentially connected to this other thing over here,&#8221; I'm like, &#8220;Oh, well, I'm going to go over to this other thing and see what's over there.&#8221; It's tremendously creatively fertile. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Since a lot of the things that our language connects us to have to do with trades and crafts and nature, it gets you out in the open air, which is really good for any writer—because sitting at a desk all day is worse than smoking three packs of cigarettes a day for 40 years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I love that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> My curiosity is the chief feature of my Substack, and it kind of works for me as a writer, because it's also one of the chief features of my fiction.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Me too, and I was actually quite inspired by your Substack. Because I think this happens when you've been in the writing industry long enough. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Substack has become the sort of trendy place to be now.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">People are going into specific niches, very much like blogging did, and then podcasting had to be on a specific niche, and all this.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Of course, we know logically that, marketing a book—you know, if you had just a Substack on voice mastery, then for sure that would be a better marketing vehicle. But, as you say, how boring.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Well, it depends a lot on what you're trying to cultivate as an author. If you're a single-genre author with a very narrow niche, and you're really happy writing that kind of stuff, then a narrow column supporting it is not a bad idea.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Especially when you serialise old novels, once you've got 20 or 30 under your belt. That's not a bad idea, because you're trying to attract people who want one thing and want it regularly.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If I were to get a reader who wants one thing and wants it regularly, and finds it, say, in my Clarke Lantham mysteries, and then they hop over to my science fiction—oh boy, are they going to be pissed. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If they're not there for my voice, and they're just there for the way I write a mystery plot, then not only are they not going to get what they're looking for—but they're going to start to doubt whether they can trust that they're going to get what they're looking for in my next mystery.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whereas if they're coming to me through something where the multiplicity of what I'm doing is on display—whether that's this Substack, or whether that's what I used to do on <em>The Every Day Novelist</em> when I was podcasting that, or whether it's what I did with all the after-shows on my fiction podcast when I was doing that—then they kind of know what they're in for. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The people who stick with me are more likely to be people who are in it for the experience of my voice. And for my bibliography, that's what I've got to offer, because I'm all over the place in terms of genre and subject matter.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, which is why I find you interesting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Oh, why thank you.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: So where can people find you and your books online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Well, you can find pretty much everything at <a href="https://jdsawyer.net/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">JDsawyer.net</a>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've got the weekly column at <a href="https://jdanielsawyer.substack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">jdanielsawyer.substack.com</a>. At jdsawyer.net there's a page with all of my <a href="https://jdsawyer.net/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">podcasts</a> on it, and there's also a <a href="https://jdsawyer.net/book-list/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">store</a> with all of my books on it. Of course, everything is also available on Amazon and just about everywhere that the distributors take you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Brilliant. Well, thanks so much for your time, Dan. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Dan:</strong> Thank you, Joanna. It was great to talk to you again.</p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/06/author-voice-mastery-and-rebooting-an-author-business-with-j-daniel-sawyer/">Author Voice Mastery, And Rebooting an Author Business With J. Daniel Sawyer</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/07/06/author-voice-mastery-and-rebooting-an-author-business-with-j-daniel-sawyer/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="42997565" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_JDSawyer26.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>50:21</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>What happens to your creativity when you&amp;#8217;re in pain or sick, and can you ever get it back? How can you find and sharpen your author voice? J. Daniel Sawyer talks about voice mastery, writing with chronic pain, and building an eclectic author business. In the intro, leaning into your Strengths and deciding what you [&amp;#8230;] The post Author Voice Mastery, And Rebooting an Author Business With J. Daniel Sawyer first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>What happens to your creativity when you&amp;#8217;re in pain or sick, and can you ever get it back? How can you find and sharpen your author voice? J. Daniel Sawyer talks about voice mastery, writing with chronic pain, and building an eclectic author business. In the intro, leaning into your Strengths and deciding what you [&amp;#8230;] The post Author Voice Mastery, And Rebooting an Author Business With J. Daniel Sawyer first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Writing The Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects Into Meaningful Prose With Nicole Walker</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/29/writing-the-hard-stuff-turning-difficult-subjects-into-meaningful-prose-with-nicole-walker/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/29/writing-the-hard-stuff-turning-difficult-subjects-into-meaningful-prose-with-nicole-walker/#respond</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Writing]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37766</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>How do you write about the most painful experiences of your life without being overwhelmed by them? How can timed writing and a braided story help you untangle your hardest stories? With Nicole Walker.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/29/writing-the-hard-stuff-turning-difficult-subjects-into-meaningful-prose-with-nicole-walker/">Writing The Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects Into Meaningful Prose With Nicole Walker</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph">How do you write about the most painful experiences of your life without being overwhelmed by them? How can timed writing and a braided story help you untangle your hardest stories? With Nicole Walker.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, Self-Publishing Pop Up Books [<a href="https://selfpublishingadvice.org/podcast-pop-up-books/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Self-Publishing with ALLi</a>]; New in KU [<a href="https://insights.bookbub.com/introducing-new-in-kindle-unlimited/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">BookBub</a>]; The solar sail theory of indie publishing [<a href="https://productiveindiefictionwriter.com/the-solar-sail-theory-of-indie-publishing/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">ProductiveIndieFictionWriter</a>]; <em><a href="https://www.jfpenn.com/bones" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Bones of the Deep</a></em>; <a href="https://theselfies.co.uk/2026shortlist/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Selfie Awards Shortlist 2026</a>. </p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="400" height="85" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/PublisherRocket.png" alt="" class="wp-image-33606" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/PublisherRocket.png 400w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/PublisherRocket-300x64.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 400px) 100vw, 400px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="http://www.publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>This episode is sponsored by&nbsp;<a href="https://publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Publisher Rocket</a>, which will help you get your book in front of more Amazon readers so you can spend less time marketing and more time writing. I use Publisher Rocket for researching book titles, categories, and keywords — for new books and for updating my backlist. Check it out at&nbsp;<a href="https://publisherrocket.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">www.PublisherRocket.com</a></p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full"><a href="https://nikwalk.com/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="907" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Nicole-Walker.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37801" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Nicole-Walker.jpg 907w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Nicole-Walker-300x99.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Nicole-Walker-768x254.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 907px) 100vw, 907px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Nicole Walker is a nonfiction author, essayist, poet, and editor, as well as a creative writing teacher. Her latest book is <em>Writing the Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects into Meaningful Prose</em>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Why writing helps us understand &#8220;the puzzles of the universe&#8221; — and when to trust that intuition</li>



<li>The braided essay: alternating between trauma and an everyday obsession to unlock the hard stuff</li>



<li>How two-minute timed writing lets you go deep and then safely step back</li>



<li>Rooting pain in the body, using the senses, scene, and dialogue instead of words like &#8220;trauma&#8221;</li>



<li>Truth in memoir, big T versus little t, and the emerging genre of speculative nonfiction</li>



<li>What actually sells books: pairing up on book tour and getting readers back out into the world</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Nicole and <a href="https://nikwalk.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">NikWalk.com</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with Nicole Walker</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Nicole Walker is a nonfiction author, essayist, poet, and editor, as well as a creative writing teacher. Her latest book is <em>Writing the Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects into Meaningful Prose</em>. So welcome to the show, Nicole.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Hi, Joanna. It's so nice to be here.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I've lots to talk about, but first up— </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell us a bit more about you and your journey into writing and publishing.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> I was always a writer. As all writers say, I've been writing since I was five. I kept little journals and things like that, and I was on the high school literary magazine. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was an English major in college, but that was always tempered with some serious commitment to the sciences, to English literature, to German, to Spanish.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had a wide variety of interests, but there was always something that tugged at me about writing that made me feel like, this is where I feel most at home. This is the way I like to understand the puzzles of the universe. This is how I make sense of the world—through writing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So even though I got my BA in English at Reed College in Portland, Oregon, I stuck around Portland for a few years because I loved it. I worked for various non-profits, and that was great. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">At some point I said, &#8220;I really want to take this seriously.&#8221; So I went ahead and applied to graduate school, and ended up in the University of Utah's PhD programme, where I stayed for eight very lovely years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always recommend to my own students: never graduate. Stay in graduate school forever, because it's such a beautiful place where people support your writing. You have professors who support it, but more importantly, you have your cohort. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To this day, I have so many great friends. You make a lot of friends if you stick around for eight years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That sort of community-building is, I think, the other part of why I became a writer. Writing by myself is obviously a lonely business, and there's a lot of internal struggle that happens with that. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have found a literary community, both at the University of Utah and then growing from there, serving as president of the NonfictioNOW Conference, teaching my own graduate students, serving as the series editor for Crux, the imprint at the University of Georgia Press.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like my world has expanded because of my writing. So that's been a true gift.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, I love that.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I love that you said you understand the puzzles of the universe through writing, and that this tugged at you. Could talk about that a bit more?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because a lot of listeners, I think, sometimes mistrust that feeling. They think, &#8220;Oh, maybe I shouldn't necessarily lean into that intuition.&#8221; It feels like you leaned very strongly into an intuition that this was the way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Yes, and this book in particular, <em>Writing the Hard Stuff</em>, takes that to heart. I think about writing the hard stuff as writing all kinds of tricky things—things that are really hard to communicate.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The book begins revolving around personal trauma. Things that happened in my childhood, as well as difficult subjects that happen to us when we're growing up. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It also includes things like environmental issues and political issues: things that are really hard to talk about, that are philosophically difficult to express, that can be controversial, and that you can put people off by talking about.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the goals of the book—one of my own philosophies—is that by looking deeply into the knotted ball of string that is a kind of trauma or a kind of difficulty, and beginning to pull those strings out, that's where you start to not only make meaning out of what happened to you, or what this particular problem is, but those strings themselves become connections.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I talk about Donna Haraway's book <em>Staying with the Trouble</em>. It's primarily about how we can overcome our political differences regarding climate change, and one of her examples is to change the way we think about narrative.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In Western thought, we often think there's a beginning, a middle, and an end, and she brings up the Navajo game that we all know as cat's cradle.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So if you think of that ball of knots—your trauma, your difficult subject—you start pulling out the strings, and then you start playing with it. With cat's cradle, you make one design with your hands, and then a friend pulls it around and turns it into another design.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">To me, that's how reading and writing work. We share, and we build on each other's ideas, but we're always connected by those strings. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So if you have this difficult subject and you're shying away from it, you're losing, I think, some of the opportunity to make connections and to make sense of what that nest of string sitting in your stomach actually is.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I love that metaphor. I think it's brilliant. I've never heard it described that way, and I think it's fantastic. What's interesting is that some people don't have a mind's eye—I know several listeners who don't. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So while in my mind I'm picturing the ball of string and then the cat's cradle, some people won't be able to do that, which is also fascinating in terms of how people's brains work.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In terms of how you'd recommend people think about it: this ball of string that we want to turn into a design like a cat's cradle is a total mess. So where do we even start? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do we know where to start pulling on the threads?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because it might just feel like it's out of control.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Oh, I deeply appreciate both the idea that some people don't have that mind's eye, or just think differently. We all have different ways of imagining what we call our trauma, this nest of problems, this ball of string.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Of course a metaphor does oversimplify in some ways. I say, &#8220;Well, you just take one of the ends of the string and start pulling.&#8221; But practically, what does that really mean to do? There are a couple of things I suggest in the book and offer at workshops. One is an exercise I call writing the braided essay.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I ask the writer to sit down and think about a scene that was difficult in their life—something that had a lot of tension, that they're really still struggling with, that they don't love thinking about. I'm going to ask them to go there for just a couple of minutes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then there's the other side of the braided essay: I ask them to think about something completely different, completely off-topic. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Perhaps a walk they took in the aspen grove, or what they were making for dinner last night, or perhaps they're deeply invested in the networks of the blood in the human body—anything they're fascinated and obsessed with.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I say, &#8220;Okay, I want you to write about your difficult subject for two minutes, but then I'm going to give you a break, and you're going to pop over and talk about how you spent all day weeding your garden, and yet there are still weeds.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I'm going to ask people to go back and talk about their difficult subject, and then go back and talk about their obsession with weeds. They write about each of these things for two minutes. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What happens—which I think is a pretty compelling experiment, from my point of view and from theirs—is that they write back and forth, and they're able to take a break from the hard thing. They're also tempted to go back to it once they've had that break in their research. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The other thing that happens—and, you know, every book in nonfiction has to have a colon, so of course it's called <em>Writing the Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects into Meaningful Prose</em>—is that by going back and forth, you'll see the connections these writers make.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They make connections with word choice, with verbs, with colours and different kinds of imagery. They start to make meaning between those two ideas. What happens to the writer then—and to me, when I'm doing it—is that I now have something that is constructed.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's not just this knot in my stomach. It's not just my interest in research. Now I've put these things together, and then I get to play. We get to the cat's cradle part of the metaphor, where I really start thinking about craft issues. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Why did I happen to bring these two ideas together? What might they have in common? What does it mean that I'm telling the story of my parents' divorce and my personal trauma, and in the research part I'm talking about weeds? Well, maybe I felt in the weeds. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You come up with some sort of overarching understanding of why you chose that research story, and it lets you go deeper into that personal trauma, now with some of the techniques of craft, which I think help shield you from some of the trauma and pain of that original hard story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Again, I really love that idea. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do you also think the timed writing actually helps people go deep and then withdraw a bit, which psychologically may help them write about these difficult subjects? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">People are like, &#8220;I need to sit down for two hours and write about this deeply traumatic thing,&#8221; which of course feels like it's going to be too hard. So perhaps that two-minute process actually releases people from that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Oh, absolutely. What a great way to think about it. It is prohibitive to sit down and think, &#8220;Okay, I'm going to go into the worst thing that ever happened to me and sit with it for two hours.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Going back and forth, you create energy and tension. But also, nobody wants to sit with something by themselves for two hours. If you think of research as your companion—&#8221;I'm coming in there with you, buddy&#8221;—you have something to rely on, this other side of the story, and it gives you that space.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The timed writing, the two minutes, two minutes, two minutes, also reminds you that you don't have to write for two hours straight any day. I have a goal where I write 500 words a day, which is mostly true, unless I'm really in the weeds.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We'll use two metaphors today: we'll use string, and now we'll be using weeds. But when I'm really in the weeds teaching, or going around the country talking about books, I really do write 500 words a day. I often try not to write too much more, because sometimes it loses freshness, and it can be overwhelming.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I really appreciate you saying that having that timed writing is important, but also that having that balance of deep emotional investigation with this more cerebral, informational crutch can really help you get into the subject and go deeper.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, and perhaps it anchors the writing in something concrete. Because with memoir particularly—having also written one—it can be too easy to lean on big words like &#8220;pain&#8221; or &#8220;trauma,&#8221; but that's actually meaningless in a book. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So why is it so important to be specific and concrete in our writing in order to convey these bigger topics?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> I think we know our own trauma. We know how it feels in our bodies, and we've been living with it for a long time. So it's pretty hard to communicate it to others. Why does it matter to other people? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Of course it matters to you, but how are you going to convey the breadth of that trouble with words that aren't rooted in the physical world?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The nice thing about rooting things in the physical world is that every one of us has a body. We have different bodies, but we share that in common. So it's the old trope of using your senses first. What did it feel like? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you can't think of what part of your body it particularly hurts in, you have the availability of metaphor to describe how that might have felt. You have the opportunity to create scene. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This is particularly difficult for memoir writers, I think, because we imagine it's the fiction folks who have to use dialogue, who have to have a setting, who have to put their bodies in a place.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Thatt's one of my mantras when I teach: we need to be able to see where you are. We need to see what is physically happening, how the interactions work. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Dialogue, I think, is one of the best ways to literally get your body on the page—and to get your other characters, or subjects, on the page—because to speak, you have to have a body.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Once you start having dialogue, you can picture the way the speaker's face moves, the way they cross their legs. You can even picture the colour of the paint behind them, or the kind of chair they're sitting in. So dialogue is one of the first ways you can say, &#8220;All right, I must have a scene here.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I can't go on just telling people, &#8220;It was so traumatic. I suffered so much. It was terrible. I felt so much pain.&#8221; You can say that sometimes, that's totally fair, but you have to pair it with that physical, concrete imagery, so other people can begin to understand what it felt like for you in your body, so they can feel it in their body.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Interesting that you bring up dialogue because one of the issues with memoir is—I've had people compare it to truth with a small &#8220;t&#8221; and truth with a big &#8220;T.&#8221; So you're telling some kind of big truth about your life. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you're writing dialogue about something that actually happened to you, in memory, it's very unlikely that it actually happened in that way, so it's not necessarily small-&#8220;t&#8221; true. So on a practical note, what are your thoughts and tips on truth.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do we tell our own story even if others don't see it that way?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> This is a subject I'm deeply invested in right now. When I first started teaching creative nonfiction, it was at the height of the John D'Agata and David Shields questions. What is truth? Big T, little t? What am I obligated to do as a creative nonfiction writer?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had a great friend, Angie Truong, who came to teach one of my classes, and she said, &#8220;Nonfiction is a pretty big spectrum. You have journalism on one end, and then you have the lyric essay on the other end.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You imagine the lyric essay is full of metaphors and things like that, so you can approach truth. You're saying, &#8220;This is what it felt like. This is what it seemed like.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Check out my newest favourite thing. It's called speculative nonfiction, and I use a little bit of this in my book <em>How to Plant a Billion Trees</em>, which <em>Writing the Hard Stuff</em> is somewhat based on.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wrote them in tandem, which was a very strange and interesting and fun thing to do. But in <em>How to Plant a Billion Trees</em> I use this thing called speculative nonfiction, which goes even further along the spectrum, past the lyric essay, to this opportunity to use language like &#8220;perhaps,&#8221; &#8220;maybe,&#8221; &#8220;I imagined.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I have sections in my book where I can't remember the dialogue exactly, but I know that the dialogue in some sense matters—that what might have been said will do much more to convey what was happening than my exposition over the matter. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">By using those turns of phrase, you're alerting your reader: &#8220;Dear reader, this definitely is not exactly what happened, but this is how I recall it.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then you're being not only honest to the story and honest to your reader, but you're also conveying the feeling and the mood of the event—that other kind of truth that memoir is really trying to get at. It was like this for me, which is why I think this way now.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's a fledgling genre. I just read a book by Laraine Herring called <em>A Constellation of Ghosts: A Speculative Memoir with Ravens</em>. It's brilliant. It's an amazing book that pairs her actual colonoscopy and discovery of colon cancer with the story of her dad, who has passed already and comes back as a raven and helps her through it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you're pulling on some of the tools of fiction, which creative nonfiction already has been doing. But it does so in this bright and, I feel, incredibly ethical way. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You're alerting your reader, &#8220;My dad is not really a raven.&#8221; But you're also saying, &#8220;Oh my gosh, I sensed he was with me. I sensed every time a raven approached that I had somebody's hand on my shoulder.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That, to me, has been a lot of fun—a much more imaginative way of creating some of those scenes than doing something like, &#8220;Well, I don't remember the dialogue.&#8221; Or, even worse—and we know people have been unethical in their approach—recreating the dialogue as if they'd had a tape recorder with them when they were 17 years old.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Mm.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> So I offer that as an option to your listeners, as something to experiment with. Allow yourself to have that imaginative opportunity to show the reader what it might have been like.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I love that. It's interesting, you talk there about the spectrum of nonfiction, which is ridiculously big, as is fiction. Obviously these are very big. But I wonder if we do get hemmed in by genre. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love the idea of a speculative memoir. I'm going to have to go read that book because I can't even imagine what that really means. I feel hemmed in by my expectations of a memoir.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But then, from a business and marketing perspective—because we're all trying to sell our books—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do we risk not meeting the expectations of a reader of a genre that way?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Right. One of the good and bad things about my literary career is that I've spanned a lot of genres. My PhD is actually in poetry. Nobody expects the full truth from poetry.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of my poetry professors once said she wrote this really sad poem about her father's death, and the audience was moved, and then her real father stood up and said, &#8220;Good job, daughter.&#8221; And someone in the audience was just shocked: &#8220;You just read a poem about your dead dad, and here he is!&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We have absolute expectations of genre, and expectations of truth, in everything we read. If you label it fiction, you're kind of off the hook—even though, of course, fiction uses so many elements of nonfiction: so much research, so much information, so much personal memory to create those fantastic landscapes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So when I think about how one sells one's memoir, I do think you also have to acknowledge what you expect your audience to be. With Laraine Herring's <em>A Constellation of Ghosts</em>, by putting &#8220;colon, a speculative memoir,&#8221; you're alerting your reader to that possibility.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And because it's a pretty far-out way of thinking right now, it probably does curtail some of the sales. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On the other hand, think of memoirs that are written for celebrities, and how many of them are ghostwritten—or written with other people, where the ghostwriter's not even part of the thing—but it comes across as the most legit of all memoirs, because it's a celebrity and we know them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We associate their lives with their story, and their story must therefore be true. So I think, with all levels of creative nonfiction, it's incumbent upon the writer to suggest right off the bat what kind of nonfiction they're reading. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Are they reading journalism? Are they reading lyric essays? Are they reading speculative nonfiction?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think a lot, too—as an editor for a literary series for nonfiction books—about what I look for in memoir. It's something that takes the personal story and connects it into the larger conversation.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even if the larger conversation is directly about what the main subject is about, to me it's still about the crux of the matter. Why does your story make an impact on the world in this bigger way? How do you let the world inform your story? How does your past and your trauma, or your difficulties, connect to a larger world?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Mm.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> To me, that's something some memoirs are capable of doing. Some memoirs are truly invested only in that personal story, which I think is totally legitimate too, because I love learning how people think. I love understanding. This is just how my brain works.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But in terms of sales? I don't know. Again, as the series editor and as the seller of my own books, I think you can't determine it in advance. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So you should probably write what you want to write, what feels right to you, using as many craft techniques as you can hone. But the market, to me, feels very non-negotiable. You never know exactly how things are going to turn out.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I deeply believe: write the best, most well-crafted book you can, and I do think your readers will find you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> We'll come back to marketing in a minute, but just returning to your own writing practice. I've got your book page up in front of me, and you've written all kinds of things: your essays, your memoirs, some fiction, and some poetry, as you mentioned. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I wondered: when you're researching something, or you've got a feeling about wanting to write, how do you choose the type of book you turn it into—or a poem, or an essay? Or do you pitch it as some kind of external work, or turn it into a workshop?</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do you turn an idea into what it will eventually be?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> I love that question because it's somewhat of a mystery to me, but I think I'm getting close to understanding. It really is in those first few words, that first sentence, that I think, &#8220;Okay, I know which direction this is going.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For example, the other day I woke up in the morning and thought, &#8220;All right, I'm writing this poem about how man took over for God, and that's how the planet ended up being such a mess.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I started writing it, and it was pretty lyrical at the beginning. But then I started making full sentences, and explaining things a little bit more, and I thought, &#8220;Okay, this is not a poem. It's going to be an essay.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I start writing fiction, I pull on something a little further, a little more distant from my experience, and then I pull it back into something more character-driven. For example, in a novel I'm writing, I begin with this whole story about McDonald's and ravens, and then I pull it back into the character.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If I were to diagram the sentences between a poem, the nonfiction, and the fiction, I think I'd see fundamental differences between the three.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: Do you work on multiple projects at the same time, or once you commit to something, is that what you finish? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Personally, I have lots of little things happening, and then a moment comes and I commit to a book, and I won't stop until I've finished that book—the rest will have to wait. It's that decision moment. How does it work for you?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> My process is pretty similar to yours. I have a number of ongoing projects, percolating here and there. Some days I'll think, &#8220;All right, today feels like a fiction day.&#8221; But for the most part, you're absolutely right. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's a bunch of little things I'm writing, or things I'm dabbling in, but once there's a critical mass—which I'd say is around 20,000 words or something—I'm all in, and I've got to focus on this project.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even though I think I can do whatever multitasking, really it's important to try to maintain some sort of through-line in whatever project I'm working on. If I do that with too many projects, I lose that through-line.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also worry sometimes that the projects start to sound too similar. So say I'm writing a nonfiction collection and a novel—if I go back and forth every other day, those sentence differences I'm talking about might start to collapse, and they become too similar. Then what the heck would I be writing? I don't even know.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It's interesting because you span academic publishing and, I guess, trade publishing—whatever you want to call it—where more non-academics read books. I'm just finishing up a master's myself at the moment, and writing academic stuff is completely different to writing my other books. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So when you're deciding on these books, are you aiming for a specific publication market—as in, you want an academic publisher, or you want a trade publisher? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do you think about publishing in the process?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> As much as I once really wanted to find some ground as a scholarly and academic writer—and I really do love to write reviews of other people's books, and <em>Writing the Hard Stuff</em> is a textbook that relies tremendously on so many other people's books.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That is really important to me because that goes back to how one both creates and thanks one's community for creating the literary world we live in—I feel like there's a smaller audience for that sort of academic writing. But it's something we should do. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As generous as you are here, for example, reaching out to other people about other people's books is probably the kindest thing you can do. So I hope to continue to take time to do that and make it part of my repertoire.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's not as fun, I'd say, as the imaginative elements of writing creative nonfiction, or fiction, or poetry. That's when I really love to groove and get into that mode of, &#8220;Oh, the words are coming. Oh, I never thought about it that way.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With academic writing, I feel I sometimes write in a slightly more stilted voice. My friend Ander Monson, who teaches at the University of Arizona, has done a really great job of writing—whether it's his personal essays or his critical essays—where he maintains the same voice. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">He doesn't move into that super-formal academic speak. He'll literally say things like, &#8220;You know,&#8221; or, &#8220;That's a banger of a sentence,&#8221; in the middle of an academic essay, and I really admire him for that. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like maybe if academic writing were more receptive to people writing in their unique voices, then maybe more people would read it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. One of the pieces of feedback on one of my earlier essays in my master's year was around my sentence structure—that it would be far more appropriate in a novel than in an academic essay. I was saying to my husband, &#8220;I can't believe this, but I'm just going to have to change my style.&#8221; It's very interesting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We're almost out of time, and I also wanted to ask you: you have a recent blog post on how to try to get your forthcoming book attention in 4,231 simple steps, which made me laugh. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">We all find book marketing a challenge, so what have you found works best for you? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I should tell the listeners—there are not 4,000 steps in your blog post. Although I think people would want them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Exactly. I stopped at 72, but I can go on. That was sort of the pre-publishing process. There have been so many great things that have happened, but a lot of them have been driven by me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have a publicist, but he works on a lot of other books, and I have a marketing person at Bloomsbury. They have to juggle a lot. The only person who is really, really, really committed to your book is you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I've written companion essays. I haven't had any luck publishing them, which hasn't been true in the past, so I wonder what's going on there. I'll write something for the Huffington Post or Newsweek that's tangentially related to my book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also might just write too much in essay voice instead of popular-magazine voice. As we were just talking about, academic voice versus novelistic voice. So that might be part of the problem too. Reaching out to people who might invite me onto podcasts has been really rewarding, and very, very kind.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think the best thing I did was to put myself on book tour and to pair myself with someone in that community. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've gone on book tour before by myself, and there have been occasions where there were two to three people in the audience, which can be really disheartening. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The problem wasn't so much the bookstore's fault or my book's fault—it's just that if you go to a bookstore in a town where nobody knows you, they're not going to put a lot of effort into making the date happen, unless you're super famous.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So what I did was find somebody in a community—a friend of mine—who would go with me and be part of the conversation. Even if their book was a couple of years old, we'd still go and have a conversation about each of our books.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This has worked tremendously well. People will come to see their friend, and then they'll be introduced to you, and they'll ask you questions and buy your book. You create new connections and new friends thanks to that friend and that place. So that's my number one recommendation for how to get the word out in the world.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also did all the social media stuff. It doesn't work as well as it used to. It's kind of a strange time. But because of my suggestion about going to bookstores with people you know&#8230; I think we're coming out of our COVID time, where we got so used to doing everything on our computers and just staying in our electronic universe.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">People are hungry to get out. So one thing I want to do, and haven't done yet, is throw a big party. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Go to weird places where you don't even do readings—you just offer people snacks and a glass of wine and say, &#8220;Hey, here's a book if you want to buy it.&#8221; To have these more informal gatherings that bring people together because I do think there's a hankering for people to get out into the world again.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And just on that—you've got these two books coming at the same time: <em>How to Plant a Billion Trees</em>, which is the memoir, and <em>Writing the Hard Stuff</em>, the how-to book for writers. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">When you do these events, are you choosing one or the other depending on the audience? Or are you selling both at the same time? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because they're obviously very different.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Yes, I'm definitely selling both at the same time. Although I probably push <em>How to Plant a Billion Trees</em> first, because most of the people I'm pairing with are also writers of nonfiction or memoir.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The other thing is, I can talk about <em>How to Plant a Billion Trees</em>, and if people have a really deep question about, &#8220;Well, how did you write this section?&#8221; I can say, &#8220;Well, if you refer to this book, <em>Writing the Hard Stuff</em>, you'll see.&#8221; So it's an easier segue.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think people aren't used to going to book events for craft books. But in the interview world—where people are reviewing books or interviewing me—<em>Writing the Hard Stuff</em> has definitely been the primary book I've been approached to speak about because people really do want techniques.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it depends on the context as to which book gets the spotlight, but it's been really fun to be able to talk about both in tandem. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I don't know if they're competing against each other or supporting each other. That's my hope, that people think, &#8220;Oh, I read this one book, I might as well read the other one.&#8221; But that's asking a lot of people, to buy two books, so I try not to overstate that hope.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> They are very different, and I love the idea of doing that. Absolutely. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So where can people find you and your books online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> You can find me at my Substack, which is <a href="http://substack.nikwalk.com" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">substack.nikwalk.com</a>—N-I-K-W-A-L-K. Or my website, which is the same: <a href="https://nikwalk.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">nikwalk.com</a>. I might just start going as Nik Walk in the world, so people can find me more easily.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also really love to support Bloomsbury. They have really good deals, especially on the audiobook for <em><a href="https://www.bloomsbury.com/us/how-to-plant-a-billion-trees-9798216472193/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">How to Plant a Billion Trees</a></em>, and they also have good deals if you buy both books, you get free shipping. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So Bloomsbury is probably the number one place to get the books, but of course they're also available on Bookshop.org and Amazon.com, and on Amazon in the UK as well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Brilliant. Well, thanks so much for your time, Nicole. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Nicole:</strong> Oh, it was so fun to talk with you, Joanna. Thank you again so much for this opportunity.</p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/29/writing-the-hard-stuff-turning-difficult-subjects-into-meaningful-prose-with-nicole-walker/">Writing The Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects Into Meaningful Prose With Nicole Walker</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/29/writing-the-hard-stuff-turning-difficult-subjects-into-meaningful-prose-with-nicole-walker/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="48043039" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_NicoleWalker.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>56:21</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>How do you write about the most painful experiences of your life without being overwhelmed by them? How can timed writing and a braided story help you untangle your hardest stories? With Nicole Walker. The post Writing The Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects Into Meaningful Prose With Nicole Walker first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>How do you write about the most painful experiences of your life without being overwhelmed by them? How can timed writing and a braided story help you untangle your hardest stories? With Nicole Walker. The post Writing The Hard Stuff: Turning Difficult Subjects Into Meaningful Prose With Nicole Walker first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Creative Satisfaction, In Person Print Book Sales,  And Author Mindset With Mark Leslie Lefebvre</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/22/creative-satisfaction-in-person-print-book-sales-and-author-mindset-with-mark-leslie-lefebvre/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/22/creative-satisfaction-in-person-print-book-sales-and-author-mindset-with-mark-leslie-lefebvre/#respond</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Author Entrepreneur]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[author mindset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[selling direct]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37732</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>What if the real secret to a lasting writing career isn't talent or luck, but learning to thrive in the mess? Why are in-person events worthwhile even if the maths doesn't add up? How do you protect your creativity when the machines never sleep and the community is at one another's throats? With Mark Leslie Lefebvre</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/22/creative-satisfaction-in-person-print-book-sales-and-author-mindset-with-mark-leslie-lefebvre/">Creative Satisfaction, In Person Print Book Sales,  And Author Mindset With Mark Leslie Lefebvre</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>What if the real secret to a lasting writing career isn't talent or luck, but learning to thrive in the mess?</strong> Why are in-person events worthwhile even if the maths doesn't add up? How do you protect your creativity when the machines never sleep and the community is at one another's throats? With Mark Leslie Lefebvre</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, Has AI Already Killed Non-Fiction [<a href="https://tim.blog/2026/06/12/has-ai-already-killed-nonfiction/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Tim Ferriss</a>]; <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2019/07/01/ai-disruption-publishing-authors/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">9 ways that AI would disrupt authors and the publishing industry over the next decade</a>; <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/01/01/my-2026-creative-and-business-goals-with-joanna-penn/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Pivoting towards The Transformation Economy</a>; and Who do you serve?</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/kwl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="1024" height="176" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-1024x176.png" alt="" class="wp-image-35982" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-1024x176.png 1024w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-300x52.png 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-768x132.png 768w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-1536x264.png 1536w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/KWL-Primary_Colour-2048x352.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></a></figure>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/kwl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>This podcast is sponsored by&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/kwl" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kobo Writing Life</a>, which helps authors self-publish and reach readers in global markets through the Kobo eco-system. You can also subscribe to the&nbsp;<a href="http://kobowritinglife.com/category/kwl-podcast/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Kobo Writing Life podcast</a>&nbsp;for interviews with successful indie authors.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full"><a href="https://markleslie.ca/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="849" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Mark-Leslie.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37774" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Mark-Leslie.jpg 849w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Mark-Leslie-300x106.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Mark-Leslie-768x271.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 849px) 100vw, 849px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Mark Leslie Lefebvre is the author of horror and paranormal fiction, as well as non-fiction travel and books for authors. He's also an editor, professional speaker, and the Director of Business Development at Draft2Digital. His latest book is <em>Stark Realities: Stacked Up Lessons Every Writer Needs to Know About the Business of Writing and Publishing</em>. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Note</strong>s</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Why print and in-person events are making a comeback for indie authors</li>



<li>The case for (and against) licensing your voice clone through ElevenLabs</li>



<li>Why we keep selling books in person when the numbers rarely add up</li>



<li>Measuring success by creative satisfaction rather than money</li>



<li>Being honest about author earnings and the fear of being truly seen</li>



<li>Managing stress, divisiveness, and the noise around AI</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find Mark at <a href="https://markleslie.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">MarkLeslie.ca</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with Mark Leslie Lefebvre</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo: </strong>Mark Leslie Lefebvre is the author of horror and paranormal fiction, as well as non-fiction travel and books for authors. He's also an editor, professional speaker, and the Director of Business Development at Draft2Digital. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">His latest book is <em>Stark Realities: Stacked Up Lessons Every Writer Needs to Know About the Business of Writing and Publishing</em>. Welcome back to the show, Mark.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh, hey, Jo. It's always an awesome time chatting with you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You've been on the show lots of times over the years, but the last time was in September 2024, when we talked about selling books in person. So give us a bit of an update. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What does your writing and publishing business look like at the moment? How do you manage it alongside the day job and everything else you do?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh my God. Well, sleep is—no rest for the wicked, maybe. I'll sleep when I'm dead.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's so funny, it was just this last weekend in Waterloo. I was at Waterloo Book Fest, and somebody came up to my table—another author from one of the other tables—and said, &#8220;I heard you on the The Creative Penn Podcast. And then when you mentioned something about Waterloo, I said, &#8216;He can't be from Waterloo.' And then when you mentioned the skeleton, I said, &#8216;I know where he lives.'&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's scary.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> So I love the fact that there are so many of your listeners all over the world, and that's usually how people know me. No matter what else I've done, it's like, &#8220;Oh, you've been on Joanna Penn's podcast.&#8221; I'll say, &#8220;Yes, I have.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You know what's really funny? The last time I was on the podcast, we were talking about <em>A Book in Hand</em>, which I was supposed to release that year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> I just added another 5,000 words to it this morning.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Wait, it's still not published?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> No, and it's so funny. I actually have the first 60,000 words of it with an editor right now, and I told her I'd get her the rest of it, which I thought would be another 20,000 words, by the end of June. But I think it's going to hit 100,000.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here's the weird thing that happened with this. This is trying to accumulate my life of book selling, as well as doubling down on doing in-person events in the last several years. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I thought I was going to have the book done in 2024. I ran into some issues where I didn't back it up properly. It was an old version, and I accidentally overwrote the only version I had.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> So, for everyone listening, Mark—how many decades have you been an author and a publisher? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How come you're still missing deadlines and still not backing up your work properly?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Yes, this is a lesson: no matter how long you've been doing something, you can still make boneheaded errors. So if you, dear listener, have made mistakes, just know that this old guy who's been doing this since the mid-'80s still makes mistakes like that. Don't beat yourself up. I probably did something worse.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Anyway, that book I thought was going to be maybe 40, 45,000 words, it's going to be bigger than <em>Wide for the Win</em>—close to 100,000 words.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here's a really important lesson I learned in that, Jo. I thought the book would be something. It became something else. Through my own experiences of doing more in-person events, book signings, and library event.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Also in talking to awesome folks like Johnny B. Truant, Katie Cross, Todd Fahnestock, and so many other authors I know, and seeing what Ben Wolf is up to, and a whole bunch of different people who are doing in-person events.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In creating case studies for how they interact specifically with a bookstore or library, or how they do in-person selling—I really think the book wasn't ready then. It's like the recipe wasn't ready. I still needed to play with some things. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do sincerely have faith, since I got it into the editorial process, that this will be the year the book actually gets released.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> As you said, there are some really good lessons there around sometimes the book not being quite ready. I'd bought an early version from the StoryBundle, which is how I got this book as well, actually.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's another tip for people—<a href="https://storybundle.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">storybundle.com</a>. You can go and find some great bundles there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was also thinking, as you were talking, that maybe one of the reasons this book about in-person events has got so big is because that's a real trend in the community. It feels like indies, we've moved&#8230;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Back in the day, I said, &#8220;I'm not doing print. No way.&#8221; This was the early days of digital, because print was really hard back then. So I was like, &#8220;Oh, and we've got all the advantages doing digital, so I'm just going to focus on that.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It feels like the pendulum has swung, perhaps even more with the ease of mass production of digital with AI.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">The focus on print and in person is getting stronger and stronger. Do you think that's happening?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh, yes, 100%. I did print in 2004. It was really hard back then, so that's gotten easier. I think there are a few reasons.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the reasons is, yes, digital made it so much easier for indie authors to get out there and break into the community. But the reality is that print books still outsell e-books in general—overall—despite the fact that indie authors can make six and seven figures a year from selling e-books alone on a single platform.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So print has never really gone away. It was just never something indie authors attended to. They were in a different business than traditional publishers were in.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And second, obviously I've got these gorgeous books that you've created on Kickstarter, because I like the beautiful books. I've never stopped buying print books. I actually buy more print books. I read more because of audiobooks and e-books, but I buy more print books, especially when I can get a nice signed copy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then the other reason comes back, again, to your advice—something I've been following for the longest time, and you've long been saying. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do repeat this, and I try my best to offer attribution to you every time I use it: to double down on your humanity, particularly in this age of digital generation and the ability for even non-writers to leverage tools to create content.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think it's so much more important for me, as a creative who will never be able to catch up with the machines, to exploit my humanity. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, we both have digital voices of ourselves, right? There's a digital Mark Leslie Lefebvre voice that people can use, and I'm making money off it because people are able to license it through ElevenLabs.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But when I'm there in person, so far the holograms aren't good enough to fool people. I think I'm not just selling a book to somebody; I want to create an experience where, &#8220;Oh, I'm talking to the author, and we're signing a book together, and we're taking a selfie together.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For me, there's that tactile experience that's really enriching. And it may not be something that lines my pockets as easily, because the investment is more significant. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For every $10 I make, it costs me six or seven dollars, as opposed to an e-book, where the cost is amortised in the most beautiful way over millions of copies.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> There are a few things there. First of all, let's talk about that ElevenLabs voice licensing, because, as you say, I also have a voice clone. <em>Bones of the Deep</em>, the latest book, that's my voice clone.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I haven't gone with the licensing, partly because you don't have control over what someone can do with it. So, for example, someone could create Nazi content, or content that I might not agree with, in my voice. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So how have you got over that? Because part of me really does want to license my voice, and the other part doesn't.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> This is a great question, Jo, and I'm glad you asked it. It's the same reason I don't worry about people stealing my books—adding DRM onto my e-books and things like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I may as well make some money off it, because let's be honest: you and I, our voices are out there. Thousands of hours of our voices, right? In your podcast, my podcast, in various interviews we've done over the years.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The technology exists for someone to make a copy of my voice themselves anyway. The tools exist. They can do it easily, so why not do it myself and at least make money? I'm actually getting money deposited into my account. Not a lot—maybe $30, $18, something like that every week.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Again, I've taken a lot of my non-fiction books that I haven't had the time to record myself, as I like to do, and I can at least load those to ElevenLabs and make my voice the default voice. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But wouldn't it be great to be able to listen to my book in your voice? It would sound so much better. Because you can do that. When you listen to a book on that platform, you can choose my voice if you'd rather hear it in my voice, or you can choose Burt Reynolds' voice, or some other folks who've licensed theirs.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Again, for me, the whole concept of wide publishing has always been important. It's another small revenue stream that's adding to my numerous revenue streams.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I guess that's how I've justified just licensing the voice. If someone's going to do something with my voice that I can't control, they can do it regardless of whether or not I put it out there myself.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I agree with you. That could happen, and neither of us is famous enough that it's likely to happen anyway. I do quite like the idea of people using our voices, say, for other books for authors, because that would make sense—that's where we fit in the niche. I will rethink that, because I think it's interesting.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wanted to come back to print books. You said sometimes there are easier ways to line your pockets, and I think that's funny. So, getting into the book, this leapt out at me quite near the beginning:</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Why do we keep doing this when the maths almost never adds up?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh, I have a perfect example of that from an event I did a couple of weekends ago in Burlington, Ontario. I think it was a $60 table fee. It was a new event. I believe I made $90 or $95 in sales. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So even after the costs of printing and all that stuff, I really didn't make money. I made my table back, which is always a good thing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There were a few encounters I had with people who were really excited to find my Canadian Werewolf series of books, and just so thrilled to get started. Among the four of them, they bought one copy, but they were going to pass it amongst each other. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You know what? Okay, they bought a single copy, and I was like, &#8220;Well, the e-book is permanently free online. You don't even have to buy a copy&#8221;—which is anti-selling. I just want them to read the book and enjoy it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">But if they read it and pass it along and start talking about it, they could become readers for a long time. It's an eight-book series, with the ninth book coming out later this year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There was another encounter I had that day. A woman and her teenage daughter came in, and they were looking at my traditionally published books that I buy at a reduced price from a local bookstore and resell. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They were looking at these true ghost story books I had, and they were pointing: &#8220;Do you have that one?&#8221; &#8220;Yes, I have this one, I have that one.&#8221; And the mother's like, &#8220;Well, she collects all your books, and she wants to make sure she has them.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We had this conversation, and she was so excited to meet me in person and to get a signed copy of the book. That experience was such a vanity moment for me as an author. We're lonely. I'm a big loser. Nobody's buying my books. We're always down on ourselves. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that investment of time and energy, in order to get that little pat on the back or that feeling of, &#8220;Wow, I really connected with someone who likes my stuff&#8221;—those moments are really precious. They're difficult to explain if you only look at the world in a financial way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I guess I'm fortunate enough that I do have enough income from numerous streams, including the consulting I do part-time, that it's okay if not every bookish endeavour leads to more money in my pocket at the end of the day. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I can still have these authentic connections with people, which I think is one of the reasons I'm a storyteller. Yes, it's the stories I have to tell, but it's also putting the story into somebody else's hands and eyes and heart and mind.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You're very giving like that. You have that sense about you, whereas I'm just a curmudgeon in the corner.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> That is not true.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It is, generally. I don't do events like you do for readers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> But that's because it takes a lot out of you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, but that doesn't matter. Why do I write? I write for me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Ah, very good.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> At the end of the day—just being entirely selfish about this—when people say, &#8220;Oh, if you won the lottery, what would you do?&#8221; I'm like, &#8220;Well, I'd do pretty much what I'm doing now.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Yes, I'd just do the same. Of course, I'd write more books.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I'd write more books. So this is where I'm trying to get to for people as well: measuring success in a different way. You were talking about measuring success by how that girl loved your books, and how you feel when someone says they love your books.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With <em>Bones of the Deep</em>, this thriller I've just done, I feel like I had the benefit of that book before anyone even read it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As soon as it was finished, I made a nice proof copy from BookVault, and I held it in my hand and said, &#8220;I made this. I'm proud of the story, I wrote the story, and it's outside my head now.&#8221; I feel like I'm creatively satisfied in that moment.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then, of course, the Kickstarter was great, and I love that the books are going out around the world, but—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I think the happiest I felt was that moment of finishing—that creative satisfaction of holding the book in my hand. You know what I mean?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> 100%, Jo. I cannot agree with you enough. I love so many aspects of writing. Yes, the connection with people is amazing. But I often say this when I'm doing my one-on-one consulting with authors: focus on the projects that mean the most to you, those passion projects. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The process of writing, and the painful rewriting and editing and all the things you go through—when you finish that book, like you said, you hold it in your hands and it is a thing of beauty. It's a huge achievement. You've won. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whether or not you sell a single copy, you've won by doing it. Everything else is gravy: the sales, the money in your pocket or not, the reviews, positive or not, the people who say, &#8220;Oh my God, <em>Bones of the Deep</em>, thank you for writing this book. I'm so glad you introduced this into the world and into my life.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Anything beyond the creation itself, which is a pure joy—I love it so much. It's just why I get up at 5:30 every morning and write for hours before the rest of my day begins. I try to get stuff done before the rest of the world wakes up. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I want to get the writing done first, when I have the most energy to give myself to the page. Then the rest of the day is kind of gravy for me too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You talk there about giving yourself to the page, but in <em>Stark Realities</em>—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">You talk about the fear of truly being seen. What do you mean by that, and how do you manage that feeling?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> For anyone who has written anything—fiction, non-fiction, memoir in particular, since it's a bit more closely tied to reality—it's exposing yourself to the world. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll never forget an interview I did with Canadian science fiction author Julie E. Czerneda, who, before being a fiction writer, was writing biology textbooks, but her real passion was science fiction and fiction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When her first novel came out, she said, &#8220;It's like standing naked on the front lawn.&#8221; When you release a book, even a novel, people look at it and they're going to judge you and rate you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I remember early on, Jo—we knew each other through Twitter, I think, where we initially met, and then interacted with and finally met in person at London Book Fair. I think you and I have a very similar reaction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When people know us as positive and upbeat and out there helping authors in the community, and then they read our fiction, they go, &#8220;Well, Jo, you burned a nun alive on page one.&#8221; Or, &#8220;Mark, what kind of&#8230; they're drinking from the skulls of dead people? What the heck is going on with you two?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We are exposing parts of ourselves in our fiction and non-fiction. That's a fear I embrace, but also never get over, if that makes any sense. I write scary stories because I'm a big chicken. So maybe the entire process is just cheap therapy for me. Or not cheap, because it's an expensive pastime, isn't it?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> It certainly can be, but I agree. I struggle with fear of judgment still. I think it's also because we do this in public, which comes back to the financial side of things. We do a lot of this in public, and then people judge us on our author businesses too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You could look at <em>Bones of the Deep</em>, which was just on Kickstarter, and compare my Kickstarter to another author's Kickstarter for a fiction book, and judge one or the other person based on numbers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I feel like this is because you and I have done so much in public—for me, almost 20 years, and for you, like 40 years or whatever. Maybe 30 years. You look that old.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Listen there, dearie. Get off my lawn.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, get off my lawn—with those skeletons you have on your lawn.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Yes. They're no longer in my closet.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> They're not in your closet. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I wonder if that also plays a part of it—the pros and cons of doing this business in public.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Yes, that is a part of it. One thing I try to be very clear about, because there's so much FOMO and so much out there about people thinking that everyone else is making a million dollars from their books and &#8220;I'm the only loser who's not&#8221;—I try to be clear that I have never made more than a mid-five figures as an author from my author earnings, ever. I haven't yet hit six figures.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">One of the reasons I try to be transparent in sharing that is I don't want people to think that everyone else is a six- and seven-figure success story, and they're the only one who's only made $100 last year on their books. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The reality is, 90 to 99% of the people who are writing and publishing are not going to earn a significant amount of money.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I realise I'm also very, very lucky that I've earned this much, and it's taken a long time. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I just shared this in a Substack post I posted yesterday: it was 10 years of rejections before I got $5 for my first short story that was published in '92. It wasn't until 2001 that I finally made pro rate, six cents US a word, for a short story that, ironically, Julie Czerneda bought from me back in the day.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For me, I've been lucky that it's always been a long, slow slog. It's been a marathon, and I've never instantly sprinted across any dramatic finish line. I've had some really phenomenal moments—doing a book signing in a Costco, walking into Walmart and seeing my books there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Even last night at the Burlington Public Library, going, &#8220;Wow, they have eight of my books here—four of my self-published books and four of my traditionally published books, in two different sections.&#8221; I was like, &#8220;That's kind of cool.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I've had these amazing moments as a writer, but I've never had the blockbuster—the Brandon Sanderson, or even the Dungeon Crawler Carl, Matt Dinniman, kind of moments. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I still think I've had a very fortunate and lucky journey. Even if I wasn't making the money I'm making, I'd still be writing, and I'm sure you would be too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, yes, for sure. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">I actually think the thing most of us would probably let go is the marketing. </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If we won the lottery, we'd carry on with all the creative stuff, the writing, the community stuff, and we'd just literally do no marketing at all.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Well, yes, of course. Or potentially say, &#8220;Oh, here, ad agency, here's some money. You just run it, whatever. Let me know if it works or not. I don't care.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's a much better idea.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> At least I've got the extra disposable income, so I may as well, because I'm helping the world when my books are out there. I know my books will help people. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I really honestly think that as storytellers—whether it's fiction or non-fiction, we're still storytellers—what we do in writing and podcasting and all the things we do, the re-sharing on social media, is really helping connect people. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that is one of the most profound things we can do as writers. And I mean that the writing, in and of itself, is a reward.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Like you said, we met on Twitter when Twitter was what it was back in the day. I do very, very little social media now. But you just mentioned your Substack, and you also have your podcast, <em>Stark Reflections</em>. So how are you balancing what you put on each? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I only do this podcast now. I don't even blog. I write books, obviously, and then I do the podcast. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what are you doing differently on Substack to the podcast, and what part do they play in income and marketing?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Great question. I realise most people have never heard of me, or read or listened to the things I put out into the world. And I've been a longtime fan of &#8220;reduce, reuse, recycle my IP.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My podcast is not as long-running as yours, but I'm in my ninth year, and I've not missed a single Friday in the full eight years, or eight and a half by now, that I've been doing this. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Every week I reflect on what I learned from an interview, or I'll reflect on something you've posted and say, &#8220;This episode is not an interview, but Jo said this last week, and I'm going to talk about it.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The podcast itself takes a lot of work. I still do all of it myself, and I know I probably shouldn't, but I like doing it, so it's one of those tasks I enjoy. I also have reflections that aren't going to come out vocally but might come out in writing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Sometimes in the morning I'm not in the mood to write the novel or the non-fiction book I'm writing, but I'm writing some tangent. I just let the creative monster go.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I find that re-sharing&#8230; I might have reflected on something for a couple of minutes at the end of an interview, but I really want to expand upon it, so I write the Substack article. I try to reuse some of that content. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Someone's going to enjoy seeing it on a short video clip I share on YouTube, or whatever the platform is. Someone else is going to listen to it on a podcast, wherever they listen to podcasts, and someone else is going to want to read it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It could be the same information, just shared in a slightly different way, to potentially get it out to other people. So for me, it's part of that wide publishing mentality. I'm trying not to completely duplicate the work, although I am duplicating some of it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll give you an example. Hey, Canadian listeners—if you have not registered for Public Lending Right in Canada, please put something in your calendar for February 2027, because the deadline's over. It was May 1st of 2026. Put it in your calendar for next year.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I even had somebody at this writers' event I was at this last weekend say, &#8220;You mentioned something in a presentation you did for the Canadian Authors Association about Public Lending Right, and thank you, because now I get thousands of dollars a year from this.&#8221; So just look up Public Lending Right.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've been saying stuff about Public Lending Right for at least 10 years now. Every time I get my beautiful multi-four-figure cheque from them in February every year, I post on social media and remind authors to check it out. I know it exists in the UK, and it exists in 36 countries in the world—just not the US.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Not the US.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> They don't have a programme like this, probably because the big publishers—and probably one of the authors' associations—think that libraries are cannibalising book sales, which is not true. It's been proven time and time again, and that lobbying has prevented it from happening. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Whereas here in Canada, the Canada Council for the Arts and the Writers' Union of Canada worked hard to make this happen.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Anyway, I talk about something like Public Lending Right and I feel like I must have said this so much that people are sick of it, but every single time I mention it, someone goes, &#8220;Oh my God, thanks for saying that. I never heard it.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's a good reminder, especially for folks like you and me. We know the basics. We know what an ISBN is. We know KDP Select means you can't put the e-book on any other retailer, or even sell it on your own website. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We know all these things, but it's hard for us to remember that there are folks coming to this for the very first time who've never heard it, even though we feel like, &#8220;Oh my God, I've said this till I'm blue in the face.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think I got that from retail. When I worked in retail, I recognised that somebody's going to come in and ask for &#8220;that blue book that Reese Witherspoon was talking about,&#8221; or Oprah was talking about, or whatever. And you do your darn best to help them figure it out rather than mock them. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I try to take the same approach when people ask me those questions, because I'm trying to remember what it was like when I honestly did not know the answer, and having someone take the time to help me. I've been very, very lucky that I've had a lot of people take the time to help me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll never forget—God rest her soul—Nancy Kilpatrick, a horror writer here from Canada who passed away a few years ago. She gave me a blurb for my very first book in 2004 because she'd acquired one of my short stories for an anthology she'd edited. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was trying to call my short story collection an anthology, and she very kindly took me aside and said, &#8220;It's not an anthology if it's a single author. An anthology is a&#8230;&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I didn't know that until, like, last year. I got that wrong as well. There are lots of words like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I want to circle back, because you didn't really answer earlier about the time management. You just mentioned YouTube, on top of Substack and all the things you do. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You also have a day job at Draft2Digital—it's part-time, right? You also do part-time at the university, teaching publishing, right? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">You do all kinds of things. How do you manage your time with all of that?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Well, I mismanage my time more than I manage it, Jo. That's the God's honest truth. Fortunately, most of the things I have that aren't scheduled—like, scheduled to do this lecture at this time, or scheduled to have this meeting at this particular time with Draft2Digital—most of my work is very flexible.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do not work a regular 9:00 to 5:00, Monday to Friday. Well, I never did. I always worked way more. But I have a very flexible schedule. Every single day is a work day, and every single day is a play day for me. So I'm very, very lucky.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do schedule in the very important things, particularly where somebody else is reliant upon me—meetings and connections and stuff like that. Then I make the time first thing in the morning to get the writing done. Everything else is not as important, and it's part of&#8230; I guess it's part of playing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You know, like the social media sharing. I don't look at social media as marketing. I just look at it as another way to connect with people, with other creatives, and with readers potentially, all six people who read my stuff.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I probably could do a better job of managing my time. I've tried several times over the years to adapt processes to make it better, but I consistently default back to what I do, and so far I guess I've been getting away with it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I was like, &#8220;Do I want to waste more time trying to come up with a process, or do I just want to roll with it?&#8221; Because so far I haven't killed myself doing it, and I've been enjoying the journey. So, if it ain't broke&#8230;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think that's the point, if it doesn't feel like it's broken. Having known you for a long time now, and we work together—obviously we co-wrote <em>The Relaxed Author</em>—you do work very, very differently to me. You definitely are a little bit more chaotic. I'm chaotic in some ways too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh, you're very generous. &#8220;A little bit chaotic.&#8221; Thanks. That was generous, Jo.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong>  You're chaotic in your work practices and scheduling and all that, which I couldn't cope with very well. Even though I feel like a part of my brain is very chaotic—the creative side, I guess, can be quite chaotic—I think I'm actually quite controlling and very scheduled in my work practices.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As you say, for someone else on the outside, it might feel to me like you have too many balls in the air. But if you don't feel that, then that's the way of working that works for you. So this is another important thing, isn't it? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">You can't adapt to what other people say your life should look like. It's what feels good to you.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh, for sure. One thing I know about my procrastination tendency is that panic and fear motivate me. So, a deadline—&#8221;I have to get this into a publisher by this date, I have to get this manuscript to an editor by that date&#8221;—I'm motivated by fear. And I'm afraid of everything, so I guess I'm always motivated.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> But I also know that when you hear the word &#8220;deadline&#8221;—and I know a lot of people who do this—the deadline means you get it in on the deadline, or the day before the deadline. To me, a deadline means I have it ready a month earlier.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> I love that. I've done that a few times and shocked myself. I actually had a pre-order up—with the audiobook, the print, and the e-book—a month in advance, and I didn't know what to do with myself. I was like, &#8220;Well, what am I going to do now in the next month?&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Work on the next thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> But I'm so used to working on it up to the last second that I was kind of like, &#8220;What do I do?&#8221; That actually caught me by surprise, and I honestly felt weird. I was like, &#8220;I've never felt this before.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm really lucky. I know you have a very supportive and amazing partner, and so do I. My partner, scarily enough, is maybe a bigger procrastinator than me, so she never gives me a hard time. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">She supports me, and I do the same thing with her own work. I'm up all night with her at the last minute so we can get something turned in. So, fortunately, we really understand one another, and we don't give each other a hard time. We just go, &#8220;Well, got away with it again. I guess I'm not going to change my ways.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> We made it. And again, that's the point. You and I could stand up in front of people, both hold up the last book we wrote, and say, &#8220;We made this,&#8221; and our processes are completely different. Our brains are completely different. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We come from different countries. There are lots of things that are different, and yet we both made a book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So hopefully that encourages people. You don't have to do anything that we're telling you, or anyone else tells you. But if you want to be an author, at some point you have to produce a book.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Exactly. As Brian in the classic Monty Python film gets them to say: &#8220;Yes, we are all different.&#8221; Embrace that difference. I think that's such a powerful reminder that there is no one process for getting anything done.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Given that we co-wrote <em>The Relaxed Author</em> back in 2021—and we did that because we had another show, and we were talking, and we said, &#8220;Oh, everyone's stressed and the anxiety levels are really high, and we think there's a better path&#8221;—we co-wrote that book, which I think is still a very good book. Definitely people should get it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Interestingly, I think the stress and anxiety might actually be higher now than it was. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what do you think the main stresses are in the community now? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You also see a lot with Draft2Digital, I guess, as well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh, for sure. Honestly, Jo, I'm so glad we wrote that book, because I actually pick it up every once in a while to remind myself of the things we tried to help others with. Again, it's therapy for me as well, so I'm so glad we did it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think we're 10, if not 100, times more stressed. The world events and things going on, the divisiveness—not just in the world in general, in politics and everything else, but the divisiveness in the author community. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The witch-hunting that happens, people trying to tear down other authors either because they're successful, or because, &#8220;Oh my God, you dared use a new technology.&#8221; All of these things are happening, and everyone's at one another's throats. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I need to pick that book up and reread it. I'm a lot more stressed than I was. I'm just getting over shingles, which is&#8230;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh. Which is actually related to stress as well, isn't it?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> It is, yes. I was in LA for Writers of the Future—I'm a judge for that science fiction and fantasy conference. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I went right from LA, like a week in LA, which was a phenomenal experience getting to mentor the winners. And I mean, come on, it's a free trip to Hollywood, hanging out with Kevin Anderson, having beers and stuff like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I came back to the Toronto Indie Author Conference, run by Tao Wong, here in Toronto. I went right from the airport—didn't even go home—straight to the hotel, because I kicked into another conference. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We did a display on how to set up an in-person booth, so I ended up having to hand-bomb boxes, blocks down the street from where I was parked. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My chest was really sore when I got home on the Monday, and I thought it was because I hadn't used these muscles, because I'm not in the best shape. Then I took my shirt off and went, &#8220;Oh, there's a rash there.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Liz goes, &#8220;You have shingles.&#8221; Because the pain in my chest, which I thought was the muscle, was actually underneath. I'm one of those lucky people that it's taken the full five weeks, and I'm still in pain even afterwards. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So, again, public notice: if you're an older person like me, and there's a vaccine available for shingles, you may want to consider it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yep, get it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Oh my God, it hurts. But, yes, the stress, I think, is higher—even though I didn't know I was feeling it. It was happy stress, right? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was stressed out because I'm there in Hollywood, helping people and doing some good things, and then I'm doing the same thing, interacting with some amazing authors at the Toronto Indie Author Conference. I didn't feel anxious stress. I was happy stress. Is that a thing?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think possibly&#8230; your physical body masks stress, physical stress, because you enjoy all of that stuff. Whereas someone like me, I'll feel it quicker and withdraw.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Although I say that, back probably a decade ago, Jonathan would say to me, &#8220;You're going too fast, and you're going to hit the wall. And when you hit the wall, it's not going to be fun.&#8221; And I did hit the wall. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then, probably in 2021—I mean, that was when I just started going into menopause, and obviously we had the pandemic, and I wrote <em>Pilgrimage</em>, and I was doing all those walks, which I think really helped me. I learned a lot about maybe stopping that before it happened.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Becca Syme obviously talks a lot about this too. But I find it interesting with you, because I think you're so positively happy with these events you do that it might mask your physical symptoms in a different way. That's really hard to watch out for. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll give a tip to you and everyone else listening: schedule the calendar, and look at your calendar and go, &#8220;I can't go back-to-back-to-back. I have to put in some rest days.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Well, thank you. You know, Jo, you and Becca Syme are two of my best unpaid therapists. I appreciate that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> You just don't listen, Mark.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Or sometimes I do.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Just coming back to the community, and the divisiveness there is primarily  over AI at the moment, I think that's one of the biggest things. And the arbitrary lines as to what you're allowed to use it for and what you're not allowed to use it for, which is just kind of crazy.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Obviously, you know I've opted out of that whole discussion now. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">How do you think we can move through this [divisiveness over AI], move on? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">We remember when it was trad versus indie, and then it was wide versus KU. So this will pass—it's just hard, when you're in it, to know when it might pass.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Yes. I think the more generic advice—for whatever may come, whatever has come—is: why are you doing this? Why are you a writer? Heads down, focus on what gives you pleasure, and do that, because everything else is noise. All the marketing tactics and strategies, and all the people yelling at one another.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Write your books. Do the things that motivate you. Do the things that give you that intrinsic reward.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's hard to ignore. I get it, it is hard to ignore. I have difficulty ignoring the haters and the yelling and the screaming that happens, but I do my best. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Like this morning, when I was in the throes of my manuscript and I looked up and went, &#8220;Oh my God, I've got to shower. I'm going to be talking to Jo soon, I should comb my hair&#8221;—which I have none of. Because I was so in my book that everything else melted away. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That, for me as a storyteller, as a writer, is one of the most beautiful places to be.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think you're absolutely right. I have a little thing that pops up in my calendar sometimes which says, &#8220;If you're feeling all of these things, just go create something.&#8221; The moment you refocus on creation—whatever that means to you—things change. It changes the energy. That, or go for a walk. That's my other tip.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Outside. And I have to say, Jo, <em>Pilgrimage</em> is still one of the most profound and powerful books you've written, and you've written a lot of amazing ones.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, you're very sweet.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> That one really resonates, not just for me, but with Liz. Because one of the things we often do when we get stressed is go for a walk, ideally in nature. The vitamin N. I think there's something really profound in that, and it really helps me a lot.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">And again, sometimes going for a walk listening to your podcast, or an audiobook, or sometimes just attending to the environment. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">A tip I picked up years ago from Brooklyn author Denis Hamill was: go for a walk with your character. Listen to what they see. What do they comment on? How do they approach this environment that you've seen a million times? How do they see it? What do they notice that you don't notice? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's such an incredible experience of creativity—when you're not writing, but writing. That really helps me a lot.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, nice one. Okay, so your latest book is <em>Stark Realities</em>, but you have so many more. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where can people find you and your books and your podcast online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Jo, you can find everything you want to know about me—and stuff you don't want to know about me—over at <a href="https://markleslie.ca/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">MarkLeslie.ca</a>. It links to all the other places from there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Brilliant. Thanks again for your time, Mark. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Mark:</strong> Thanks so much, Jo. Bye-bye.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/22/creative-satisfaction-in-person-print-book-sales-and-author-mindset-with-mark-leslie-lefebvre/">Creative Satisfaction, In Person Print Book Sales,  And Author Mindset With Mark Leslie Lefebvre</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/22/creative-satisfaction-in-person-print-book-sales-and-author-mindset-with-mark-leslie-lefebvre/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="55215645" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_MarkLeslie26.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>1:04:53</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>What if the real secret to a lasting writing career isn't talent or luck, but learning to thrive in the mess? Why are in-person events worthwhile even if the maths doesn't add up? How do you protect your creativity when the machines never sleep and the community is at one another's throats? With Mark Leslie Lefebvre The post Creative Satisfaction, In Person Print Book Sales, And Author Mindset With Mark Leslie Lefebvre first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>What if the real secret to a lasting writing career isn't talent or luck, but learning to thrive in the mess? Why are in-person events worthwhile even if the maths doesn't add up? How do you protect your creativity when the machines never sleep and the community is at one another's throats? With Mark Leslie Lefebvre The post Creative Satisfaction, In Person Print Book Sales, And Author Mindset With Mark Leslie Lefebvre first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
		<item>
		<title>Writing Cross-Genre, Selling Direct, And Serialising On SubStack With P.D. Alleva</title>
		<link>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/15/writing-cross-genre-selling-direct-and-serialising-on-substack-with-p-d-alleva/</link>
					<comments>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/15/writing-cross-genre-selling-direct-and-serialising-on-substack-with-p-d-alleva/#comments</comments>
		
		
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Jun 2026 06:30:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Author Entrepreneur]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[selling direct]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Writing]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.thecreativepenn.com/?p=37687</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>How can horror writing help readers — and writers — work through psychological trauma? Why does cross-genre fiction take longer to find an audience, but pay off in the long run? Is running a direct sales store actually worth the inventory, postage, and learning curve? And how can SubStack work for fiction authors? With psychotherapist and award-winning author P.D. Alleva.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/15/writing-cross-genre-selling-direct-and-serialising-on-substack-with-p-d-alleva/">Writing Cross-Genre, Selling Direct, And Serialising On SubStack With P.D. Alleva</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="wp-block-paragraph">How can horror writing help readers — and writers — work through psychological trauma? <strong>Why does cross-genre fiction take longer to find an audience, but pay off in the long run?</strong> Is running a direct sales store actually worth the inventory, postage, and learning curve? And how can SubStack work for fiction authors? With psychotherapist and award-winning author P.D. Alleva.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">In the intro, thoughts on why in-person conferences are still worth it, even when they are a challenge for sensitive introverts! and tips for making the best of conferences [<a href="https://selfpublishingformula.libsyn.com/sps-450-the-new-rules-of-book-discovery-with-james-blatch-cissy-mecca" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Self-Publishing Show</a>].</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter"><a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="430" height="144" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital.jpg" alt="draft2digital" class="wp-image-23600" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital.jpg 430w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/draft2digital-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"></a>Today's show is sponsored by&nbsp;<a href="http://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Draft2Digital</a>, self-publishing with support, where you can get free formatting, free distribution to multiple stores, and a host of other benefits. Just go to&nbsp;<a href="https://www.draft2digital.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">www.draft2digital.com</a>&nbsp;to get started.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">This show is also supported by my Patrons. Join my Community at&nbsp;<a href="https://www.patreon.com/thecreativepenn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Patreon.com/thecreativepenn</a>&nbsp;</p>


<div class="wp-block-image">
<figure class="aligncenter size-full"><a href="https://www.pdalleva.com/" target="_blank" rel=" noreferrer noopener"><img decoding="async" width="891" height="300" src="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/PD-Alleva.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-37758" srcset="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/PD-Alleva.jpg 891w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/PD-Alleva-300x101.jpg 300w, https://www.thecreativepenn.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/PD-Alleva-768x259.jpg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 891px) 100vw, 891px" /></a></figure>
</div>


<p class="wp-block-paragraph">P.D. Alleva is the award-winning author of horror, sci-fi, thrillers, and fantasy books. He's also a psychotherapist.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can listen above or on&nbsp;<a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/podcasts/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">your favorite podcast app</a>&nbsp;or read the notes and links below. Here are the highlights and the full transcript is below.&nbsp;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Show Notes</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Why horror puts the human condition on display better than any other genre </li>



<li>Emotional trauma as the silent psychological killer most people overlook </li>



<li>The pros and challenges of cross-genre writing and finding your audience </li>



<li>Practical lessons from running a direct store, including integration and signed-copy fulfilment</li>



<li>How a 3 a.m. writing routine keeps the writing separate from the marketing and admin </li>



<li>Serialising fiction on Substack, multiple newsletters, and avoiding paid subscriber promotions </li>



<li>Why Facebook groups, TikTok Lives, and the three-to-one rule are working right now</li>
</ul>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can find P.D. at <a href="https://www.pdalleva.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">PDAlleva.com</a> or on <a href="https://pdsalternativefiction.substack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Substack</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Transcript of the interview with P.D. Alleva </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> P.D. Alleva is the award-winning author of horror, sci-fi, thrillers, and fantasy books. He's also a psychotherapist. So welcome, Paul.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Thank you very much. Thank you for having me. This is a great opportunity. I love doing interviews, and I love talking to great people.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, good. Well, first up—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Tell us a bit more about you and how you got into writing and being an indie author.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> So I've been writing since I was a kid, at least second grade and more than likely even before that. I've always had that creative itch. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Getting into indie author publishing, I published my first book in 2011. At the time I was also operating my own business, which took up about 24 hours of my time every single day.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I kind of got through that and sold that in 2016, and I'm like, you know what? The time has come. I'd always written books, poetry, short stories, but never really did anything with them because I just didn't have the time. So in 2017, that's when I really came out and said, all right, the time is now.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Indie publishing was doing great. The one good thing I do love about Amazon is they allowed us to come out there and start showing our craft to people. So in 2017, I just started—let's do this. Let's write full time. Let's put books out there. Let's be creative. Let's really get those juices flowing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Plus, I was getting a little bit old, and I was like, now is definitely the time to do this. Since then I've been publishing consistently, and most of my books are horror books, but I dabble. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I have a sci-fi series, and I'm starting to get into psychological thrillers too. I've got a new psychological thriller that'll be published in early 2027 called <em>Girl on a Mission</em>. For the most part, I'm definitely into the horror genre—books, short stories, all that good fun stuff.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Right, so a couple of follow-ups. You said you're a bit old. Can you give us what decade you're in at least?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Well, I'm 51, so born in 1971.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, there you go. Same age as me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> All right, good. See that? So we're going head-to-head there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I don't think that's old at all. Also, you mentioned you sold your business in 2016. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what was your business before? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because I think business experience is so important.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Agreed 100%. So I'm a psychotherapist, and I had owned a treatment centre for mental health and addiction. That was started in 2011, and in 2016 is when it sold. Since then, my wife and I started a private practice. So I still, even to this day—well, about a year and a half ago is when I stopped.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I specialise in trauma, PTSD, and addiction. Trauma mostly. Most of my caseload has always been trauma, PTSD, sexual abuse, psychological abuse, war-type trauma. I was doing that mostly individually since 2016 in private practice, and I'll still go into treatment centres and see patients there too, specifically for trauma.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">About a year and a half ago is when I started wanting to do writing 100% full time. I thought about becoming a professor, maybe going to college, but then I wasn't sure if I wanted to get into that full time, as far as a caseload and school and everything like that. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I decided to just do group therapy, group facilitation, and I've been doing that consistently since then. It may be 15 hours a week. I do love to give back, and to me, it's more what I teach.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I specialise in neuro-linguistic programming, bilateral stimulation or EMDR, hypnotherapy, science of mind concepts, psychopharmacology, biological bases of behaviour—which is pretty much how your brain works—ancient wisdom, quantum physics. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do this in a drug addiction treatment centre mostly, also mental health. And of course, just living an addictive lifestyle is traumatic, too, in and of itself. So pretty much I'm teaching them. Behaviour modification is a big part of what I'm teaching during that time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You'll see that, too, if you read my books. There's two things you can figure out from my books. You can figure out how to murder people and get away with it, and two, you can figure out how to overcome trauma as well. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The whole &#8220;murder people and get away with it&#8221; comes from my upbringing. I have a very sorted past, let's put it that way. My upbringing was very different than what most people grow up in.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: Oh, can you give us any more than that? Now everyone's like, &#8220;Oh.&#8221;</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> &#8220;What's going on with this guy, right?&#8221; So I grew up, let's say, quote unquote, &#8220;in an Italian New York family.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Okay. All right.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> That might give people ideas, right?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> That's going to give people a lot of ideas.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> If you've ever seen the movie <em>Goodfellas</em>, I kind of grew up in that atmosphere, and with even some of those people too. My family had connections to those people in that movie, which I find very funny. If you watch that movie with me, you get a very different perspective on what's going on in the movie.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Wow. So you're an interesting guy with an interesting background, with a very interesting backstory job as well. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Some people are like, &#8220;Well, of course he's writing horror because horror is just awful and full of slasher gore and all that.&#8221; I often have to say to people who don't read horror, &#8220;Look, it's not like that.&#8221; Maybe some of it is, sure. But most of it isn't. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Could you talk about how reading and writing horror can also be psychologically healthy? How do these worlds intertwine for you?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Well, sure. It 100% can be healthy. Especially over the last few years, there's a trend going on out there right now where people are taking their trauma and putting it into a creative process through poems, short stories, and even novels. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They're taking their trauma and giving it a face, like a monster, where people are overcoming that monster within the creative process.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always say that horror is the genre that puts on display, better than any other genre out there, the human condition. Why is that? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When people are in a terrifying situation, you really see who they are. You get to the heart of the matter of who that person is by putting them in these horrific but undefinable situations where it's like, what are they going to come out as?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That real true personality needs to come out, and that courage comes out. That's huge in horror, and I think horror gets such a bad name. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, I know there's the extreme horror and the splatterpunk, and that has its kind of role too in what I'm saying, but that's where horror is getting its bad reputation out there with the over-the-top type of gore.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For the most part, that's a small part of the horror genre. It's a subgenre for a reason. It has its readership, and that's fine. Nothing wrong with it. I read it all the time. I find a lot of joy in it, a lot of excitement. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">However, for the most part, any horror novel that is not completely with the gore and stuff like splatterpunk can be seen as a psychological thriller, and a lot of psychological thrillers can be seen as a horror novel.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Look at books like <em>The Silence of the Lambs</em>, <em>Red Dragon</em>. That's horrific as well, but if you read the novel, it's in there. It just gets that bad rap right now, and it's not all gore.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Most horror novels that I read today are psychological horror. It's tame on the gore, and the psychological aspect is there. I always see that psychological aspect—it's like psychological trauma.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Most people, even in my industry, when people are out there and you mention trauma, PTSD, they're thinking about sexual abuse, physical abuse, or war-type trauma. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The silent psychological one—I once wrote an article called &#8220;Emotional Trauma: The Silent Psychological Killer.&#8221; The one that's out there is the psychological trauma, the emotional trauma that is widespread.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Most people go through that, and it could even be from parent to child, and most people don't understand that that's a traumatic experience. It's like a distortion of reality that you're experiencing that then creates a belief system in your brain, and you're constantly acting out that belief system.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's where the psychological component of horror really comes out. People breaking through that psychological belief system that was created through a traumatic experience by reaching courage and coming out through a horrific situation.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, it really annoys me, because with romance, of course people understand that romance is a huge genre. Something like a small town sweet romance is a world away from the bully romantasy, dark, or mafia. Mafia romance is a really big thing with very dark themes. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm like, well, how can you understand that romance is a huge genre with all these different subgenres, and not think that horror or thriller or fantasy or sci-fi all have so many different subgenres within them?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I personally read a lot of supernatural horror, but rarely the slasher gore kind of stuff. So I'm really glad you said that, and hopefully more people will open up a bit more. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I did also want to ask you about what you write. You write all these different things. You write standalone—I mean, often horror is standalone—but you also have some series. How do you balance it?</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">What are the benefits of cross-genre writing, but also the challenges of it?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Okay. So obviously I love cross-genre writing. To me, I use fantasy to explain the supernatural elements. I blend mostly a tad of fantasy to help explain the supernatural components in my supernatural novels. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I write sci-fi, specifically sci-fi, that has the fantasy element in it too, but there's also a tad of horror in there as well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's just who I am. When I grew up, I had a lot of different influences. I had <em>Star Wars</em> on one side, and then I'm watching B-rated '80s slasher films on the other side. Those two mixes just kind of followed me throughout my life, and that's why I like putting them into my novels.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As I tell my patients, don't limit yourself. Never limit yourself. If you're just limiting yourself to one genre, you're missing out on so much more that's out there. So I love the blend of mixing genres. It just gets my goat each and every time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It is a challenge though. I remember when I first started getting into indie publishing, I was never big into Facebook and social media up until I started becoming an indie author.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Before that, with my type of upbringing, you don't advertise yourself. You don't advertise where you're going. That's a big no-no. So I always had this aversion to social media.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll tell you a funny story. It was the late 2000s, probably 2006. I was a full-time single father at that time, and I was living in Florida. My family—brothers and sisters-in-law—were living in New York, and my sister-in-law said, &#8220;Get a Facebook account so we can see pictures of the kids.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I said, &#8220;Oh.&#8221; I didn't want to do it, but I said, &#8220;Okay,&#8221; so I did it. And I'm thinking, looking at this Facebook thing, &#8220;How do I put pictures on here?&#8221; So I figured out how to put pictures in folders. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I phone called her, and I'm like, &#8220;Okay, so they're on there.&#8221; And they're like, &#8220;Well, where are they?&#8221; I'm like, &#8220;I put them in these folders. You can go and look at them.&#8221; She's like, &#8220;No, you've got to post them.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That to me was like, &#8220;I'm not posting pictures of my kids.&#8221; That was a big no-no. It didn't click.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I got on there finally in 2016, 2017, I'm like, &#8220;Okay, so I need to figure out social media. As an indie author, I need to be on there, so I need to get through this aversion and get on there.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I started noticing how people are so particular with their genres. If they're reading a romance, it had to be very specific with that exact type of romance, and if you deviated from it, they're not going to like it. So that was the challenge. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I was like, &#8220;All right, number one, I'm not going to dilute myself&#8221; and say, &#8220;All right, take things out of my writing or out of my novel just so I could cater to a certain type of audience.&#8221; I'm like, &#8220;I'm not going to do that.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know with me, myself, as a reader, I'll read everything. I don't limit myself to a specific genre. I'll read psychological thrillers. I'll read romance. I've been doing that all my life.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I'm like, if there's a person like me out there—and look at this, I just met like four other people who also read cross genres—then I know that there's at least another 30,000 people, and I know that at least then there's 300,000, then there's three million people out there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So just write the books that you're writing and find your audience. Now, that takes longer. So you've got to chip away. Chip away. You're going to find readers here and there, and then that reader kind of tells a few people about you, and then you've got a few more readers. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then you keep going, and you go on these Facebook groups, and you do a whole bunch of different things, and then you gather a few more readers. Then they're telling some friends, and then you've got more. The process takes a lot longer, yes, 100% agreed, but I would say be true to yourself and you can never go wrong.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I agree. I write cross-genre as well, and I've browsed your collection. <em>Golem</em> was the one I was like, &#8220;Ooh, yes, I like that one.&#8221; I haven't read it yet, it's on my list. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think when you're cross-genre, my people come to my store as well, and it's like, &#8220;Okay, I'm interested in lots of things, but this is the one by this author that I'm interested in.&#8221; Whereas with other authors who only write one type of thing, then I might not like any of their stuff. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think there are definitely pros and cons and different ways into our world.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also wanted to ask you about the differences in business. Obviously you ran this treatment centre and there were physical humans on all sides, and now you've got a business as an author. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what have you learned in business from what you used to do and what you do now?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Okay. You're right. The treatment centre industry is very different from what I'm doing now, but it's still people. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Treat those people right, have integrity. If you say you're going to do something, follow through with it. My word is my bond type of thing. That definitely has fed into the writing and publishing industry that I'm in now in a huge way. Just connecting with people is, to me, the biggest part of it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I mean, treatment centres, you've got to connect with people. When I would market the treatment centre, where would I go? I would go to hospitals, residential facilities, detoxes, and talk to them about my programme and why they should be referring clients there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's the same thing here. Why should you be reading my books? You get there through interviews like what I'm doing here with you. Other podcasts. You get there by doing Facebook Lives, TikTok.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I haven't started TikTok Lives yet, but I actually love that platform. I'm falling in love with it. IG Lives, anything like that where you're talking to people and you're making a connection with those people.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Through that, I've gathered so many different types of readers who are like, &#8220;Yes, I'll give this book a shot.&#8221; And then they read it and they're like, &#8220;Hey, this is really good, and I'm going to read another book.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With my books, I have very different books. <em>Golem</em> is my psychological horror novel. It's my slow-burn psychological horror novel, heavily inspired by <em>Frankenstein</em> and the Pygmalion myth. It's my first true horror book that I published. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then there's <em>Jigglyspot and the Zero Intellect</em>, which is inspired by B-rated '80s horror movies and the old grindhouse movies of the '70s, and it's mind manipulation. It's just wild and bizarre. And then <em>The Sleepy Hollow Incident</em> is my Gothic tale—it's like a dark romance mixed in with Gothic horror.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I always try to put something for everyone that's out there. To me, when I'm writing, it's got to be about depth, psychological depth. I always refer to my books to be like peeling layers off a Texas-sized onion. The more you read, the more in-depth you get into not only the characters, but the story.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's just something that comes out of me. It's part of me. That's the way I always have to do it. I always have to put that depth in there. To me, that's good storytelling. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">When I grew up, I read a lot of classic literature. Yes, Edgar Allan Poe, but also Dante's <em>Inferno</em>, Milton's <em>Paradise Lost</em>, <em>The Hunchback of Notre Dame</em>, the Brontë sisters. Keep going. Ray Bradbury, Ayn Rand, Daphne du Maurier, Shirley Jackson. Those to me are my books that I absolutely love.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So there's a sweet science in today's fast-paced, social media type of world in marrying the depth of the old classic literature and the entertainment value that is required today for being an author. There's that sweet science behind it, and I love just hitting that nail on the head every time.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: So did you ever pitch traditional publishing, or have you thought about going that way? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because I also find that a lot of horror actually sits very close to literary. Like, I read a lot more literary horror than I do in some of the other genres.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Correct. So in the beginning, yes. Not in a long time. I maybe went to a couple of indie publishers, but as far as traditional, the Big Five publishers, I have an aversion to them for a big reason. I know people who have worked in that industry that have told me some pretty bad horror stories about those places.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I haven't sent anything to that type of place in a very, very long time. Maybe close to 20 years. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Indie publishers, the small presses, yes, here and there, but even then, I'm always moving at a fast pace. So if I've got a book and I'm sending it out as a query letter, by the time that query letter is even read, I'm almost done publishing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I love that aspect of it. The control of my story, where I know where this character's going. And listen, I've got my beta readers, I've got my ARC readers. They're there to tell me, &#8220;Hey, maybe you should change this or change that.&#8221; Whether I take that advice or not, of course my editor too, is really up to me. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I always put out the book that I know is the one I want to read. And to me, I haven't gone wrong in doing so. I know with traditional publishing, you sometimes get too many thoughts in the pot there. Let's put it that way.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Okay, so coming back to being indie then. You mentioned Amazon earlier, but you have a store where you sell direct. Many authors are doing this now, but it can be a challenge. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So what have you found are the pros and cons of your direct store? What's working? Any lessons there?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Okay. So I use a place called Big Cartel. They're the platform where the books are on. They're hosting my website, <a href="https://www.pdalleva.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">PDAlleva.com</a>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">The big challenge was actually just starting it. It was so overwhelming. How do I put this on there? At the time, I've got all these books, so how do I present them? </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm even going to be doing another revamp with it too, because I want better pictures—taking pictures of the books, stuff like that, instead of just having the covers on there. I also have a lot of shirts that I'm selling.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I think the biggest challenge is just getting on there and starting it. Then of course, you've got to learn a whole new platform, and the mechanics, and how people are going to be downloading, and how that's done on an e-book versus a print version of the book. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So it's a huge learning curve that you've really got to put your focus on and give it time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What most people like in indie publishing is signed copies. It's a huge part of indie publishing, selling those signed copies. People love a signed copy, and that's primarily what my website is for. You can order signed copies from me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also use a place called IngramSpark, and they're more like a distributor. They're used by everyone. They've been around for a very long time. Traditional publishing uses them too, and they're just distributing your novel. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'd say about a year ago, maybe two years ago, they started where you can sell your books on discount through them as well. So I have that on my website too, where you're just clicking on the book and you're pretty much going directly to their site and you're buying paperbacks and hardbacks at a discount. That's going well too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">For the most part, people are definitely coming to my site because they want the signed copies. A good thing with indie publishing is limited editions, first print copies, special editions. That type of stuff really just takes off. People love to see that, especially in the indie community. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You can sell them too. I go to a few different book conventions during the year, and the limited editions are there. Like I said, people love the signed copies. They love being a part of that and getting that signed copy. They treasure it, just like I treasure my books too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm not referring to my books that I've written, but books that I have as well. I love my e-reader, don't get me wrong, but I still prefer the physical copy—the paperback, and even more so than the paperback, the hardback. So people love those signed copies, and that's why I created the website, to sell on there for them.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes, I mean, we're getting to a point now though where I think some people are questioning the pros and cons of it. For example, you doing the signed copies—I don't do that from my Shopify store because I don't want to hold stock and I don't want to deal with postage.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I only do it when I do a Kickstarter. I've just finished one recently, <em>Bones of the Deep</em>, and I'm going up to the printer, and I'm going to sign a couple of hundred copies and then they do the postage. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That's the only way I'm willing to do it because of the pain of getting books to your house, signing them, getting them in the post. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So how do you manage that practically?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Okay, so the inventory's there. I don't go and sign everything right away. I just keep the inventory. Once somebody buys the book, then I'll pull out the book, log it and all that good fun stuff, sign it, and then ship it out immediately.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Here in my country, we get discounts at the United States Post Office because they're books. So they pass that shipping cost over to the reader too, so it's a little bit cheaper for shipping.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'll just take books once or twice a week over to the United States Postal Service and ship those books out. I don't sign them until I actually get that order.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: How many do you have in your house? It's the holding stock of all the backlist that is the problem.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Ooh, gotcha. All right. That's why I have a two-car garage. But here's the thing, I won't order 500 at a time. I'll order 20 at a time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Okay. Right.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> When I see that inventory's getting low, I'll order another 20 at a time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> And you get those from IngramSpark?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Correct. When the new one comes out, maybe at that time I'm just selling those, bringing those to conventions that I go to. Or maybe doing a sale on those books at that time to get rid of the inventory so it's not sitting around anymore.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think that's so important. Then like you mentioned, you do T-shirts or shirts. That is also really hard because of sizing. </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">So is that all print on demand?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Yes. So I don't really hold the stock on the shirts. When I get an order, whatever the size is at that time, I go directly to the place and order it. I use a place called Sublimation Station that's here in Orlando. They do great all-over print T-shirts. They're fantastic. I just did one for <em>The Sleepy Hollow Incident</em>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So <em>The Sleepy Hollow Incident</em> is one long story, and it's broken up into four books. Each book has its own. The covers are fantastic. I use a lady named Cherie Foxley. She's a phenomenal cover designer. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So the shirts are, like, book one is on the front of one shirt with book two on the back, and then the second shirt is book three on the cover and book four on the back.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">However, I can customise those. I just did a giveaway in my Facebook group and I let people know I could customise them, and she wanted book one and book four, so I just got that and sent it out to her. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Now, if people go ahead and order that on the website, I can just order it right away from them, boom, and that place will get it shipped right then and there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Right, so they do the shipping. These are all sort of practical things that people need to answer because I feel like sometimes it's like, &#8220;Oh, yes, having a direct store is great,&#8221; but there's actually quite a lot of work that goes into it, isn't there?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> There is. There's a lot of work. You're pretty much opening almost like your own brick-and-mortar store at that point. You just don't have walk-in traffic coming in—your traffic is all coming online. So there is a lot to it, but it's worth it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If you're a self-published author or even a small indie press, it's good to have. Because like I said, people love the signed copies.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> When you say it's worth it, is it worth it financially or just because you like to serve the customers in that way?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Both.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Right. So it is financially worth it for you?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Yes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I was talking to a friend of mine and saying, are you valuing your time in terms of things like taking the books to the post office and stuff like that? </p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Do you find it eats into your writing at all, or do you just manage it all separately?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> No, I manage it separately. So I'm an early morning riser. I get up at 3:00 in the morning, and that's when I write my books or do editing or brainstorming. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm about to write a new novella now called <em>The Adam and Eve Story</em>, which is actually based on a little-known CIA shelved book from the 1990s called <em>The Adam and Eve Story</em> as well. So I've been brainstorming that, and I was doing that this morning.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I get up at 3:00 a.m. and I do my writing, and by the time the kids are up and by the time the wife is up, it's like 8:00 a.m. is rolling around and I'm pretty much done at that point.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then I have my days. Tuesday I'm completely working from home and I do my thing in the morning, and then the rest of the day is marketing, fulfilling orders, stuff like that.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">On the days when I'm going to do group facilitation, I'll of course still get up at 3:00 o'clock in the morning, and then I'll plan out the day. I've got an hour between this group and I can go ahead and do that, and I'm already there so it's not a problem. The post office is right around the corner.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You kind of figure out all the logistics for yourself. There are some days, like on Monday, I don't facilitate groups until the afternoon, so I've got the whole morning to work on marketing and do other things, and fulfilment. Then of course Saturday's a big day for that too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Oh, that's good. I feel like people always need to know how to balance their time, but it sounds like you manage, because at 3:00 a.m., as you say, there's not much else to do other than write. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You mentioned marketing, and you have a Substack, <a href="https://pdsalternativefiction.substack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">pdsalternativefiction.substack.com</a>.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Talk about that and serialising fiction and how Substack works.</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Because I feel like a load of people are jumping in but might not necessarily know how it works, especially for fiction.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Correct. It is becoming quite popular out there. I think the one before that was Patreon, and Patreon is pretty big for that too, kind of the same thing.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wanted to start something and just get the work out there. I was very interested when Amazon came out a few years ago with what was called Vella. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">They kind of started that. I was like, &#8220;This is kind of cool.&#8221; Couple chapters at a time. I'm writing the books anyway, so why don't we kick this off and see how it goes—a type of experiment.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I had a lot of fun doing it. I started on October 4th, 2024. I've done four novels so far. One is still going, which is Volume 3 of my Dark Veil serie— that's a sci-fi series. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I wrote three other novels. <em>The Hypnotist</em>, which is a thriller, heavy on the sci-fi and a tad of horror in there too. And then I wrote <em>Girl on a Mission</em>, which is my psychological thriller, and then <em>Cat Fight</em>, which is a horror novel—all within that time.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think I finished all three of those novels in January, and then the first week of February they were all pretty much done. Now what I'm doing is, I went paid recently on the Substack. It's like everything else that's out there—chip away, chip away.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I fell into that hole where they say, &#8220;Hey, we can promote you and get people to sign up for your newsletter.&#8221; And I'll be honest with you, don't do it. It's not worth it. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">You spend money, and what happens is they're what I refer to as dead leads. They don't click. You wind up shuffling them off after three to six months, because they're just not clicking. Everybody gets a star rating, so you know—are they clicking, are they staying on, are they not?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So I got rid of pretty much all of those people, and I'll never do that again. It's got to be done organically. That's why when you read my books, especially the new books, towards the end it'll say, &#8220;Sign up for my newsletter.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I do more with that newsletter too. If you're on the free tier, every month I do a monthly newsletter, which is just me talking about updates, things going on in the publishing industry, things going on with me.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">My daughter puts together a weekly Horror and Sci-Fi Chronicles newsletter, which gives what's going on in new releases in the industry—sci-fi, horror, books, movies, television. She does deep dives into industry tropes, historical tidbits, and a weekly quiz.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I also do a monthly Terrors and Tales newsletter. I started this last year, and it was a quarterly newsletter. It's other authors who are new, upcoming, never been published before, looking to get published. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's a chance for them to be on the newsletter where they have a flash fiction story or poem or even a short story that I publish for them. It's called the Terrors and Tales newsletter. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">What happened is I would put out calls for submissions. And a place called Duotrope—I don't even know who these people are, but all of a sudden I got an email from them stating, &#8220;Hey, we found that you're looking for submissions, and we posted your link. We hope you don't mind.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm like, &#8220;No, of course I don't mind.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I got so many submissions from that one link. I'm like, &#8220;Okay.&#8221; Do I really want to deny people? I'm not like that. I want to help promote other authors. I know what it's like when you're new and upcoming, no matter what age you are, to say, &#8220;Hey, here's a platform for you to see your stuff in print.&#8221;</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Obviously, I read through them just to make sure they're up to a certain standard, but for the most part, if you submit, you're getting in there. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">With Duotrope, I'm like, I have enough here to put out one a month. So in May 2026, the first one goes out, and then I'll have one each month until December, and then who knows? In 2027 I might go back to quarterly. I might get enough submissions to just keep it going once a month. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">So that's the Terrors and Tales newsletter, and it usually comes out towards the end of the month—the last two weeks. I have nothing to do with it in terms of content. None of my stories are on there. None of my poems are on there. None of my flash fiction. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It's all other authors, just for them to see their name in print, see their work in print, share it with their friends, and put something on their resume, and to encourage people to keep reading and keep the craft going.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Jo: When you say in print, you don't mean in physical print?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Oh, I mean in the newsletter. I'm sorry.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> I think that's important, or you're going to get a lot more submissions, and you will need to do publishing contracts and all that kind of thing. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I think that's the difficult thing with a Substack newsletter approach—it's difficult to know where to categorise it. Is it marketing? Is it publishing? It's all of these things, I suppose. A bit like this podcast, it's all kinds of things.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">In terms of Substack actually making money on its own or leading to book sales that make money, do you think it does serve that purpose?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> I think I've gotten more book sales through it, and also ARC readers who are enjoying the books and giving reviews. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As far as the paid tiers, that's kind of a little bit slow, and that's where I'm saying chip away at it. Keep it up there. Keep it going. Over time, you're going to build that type of audience where it's going to be like, &#8220;Hey, this is financially feasible for me to continue to do this.&#8221; That's the response that I'm getting out there.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Yes. Before, you mentioned you were doing Facebook Lives and you're looking at TikTok, but—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Is anything else working for you in book marketing? </h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">If people have a few books and they're like, &#8220;What is working for book marketing right now?&#8221;—what do you recommend?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Okay. For me, the thing that has made the most sense is making sure the reader knows the book is out there through some sort of social media. I've had really good success on TikTok since the beginning of this year especially. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I started it about a year ago, year and a half ago, but then my father got sick and passed away, and it was a new venture and I put it off to the side. I really got the flavour going at the beginning of this year. February, March of this year. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">It seems to be going really well, and I've noticed an uptick in sales from just getting the videos out there and getting it in front of people's eyes.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's an event I'm going to in August called ShiverCon, which is a pretty big event. After that event, I'm going to look to see what type of inventory I have left over from the event, and I'm going to start doing TikTok Lives. I'm very comfortable being on camera. So I'm like, &#8220;Yeah, that seems like a good way to go.&#8221; </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I know there's a few other horror authors who are doing it and having good success with TikTok Lives as well. A guy named Jason Davis is doing really well with TikTok Lives, and a few other authors too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I'm like, &#8220;Yes, I could definitely do that.&#8221; I want to get up to a certain number of people, and I want these events. I'm going to one in July, and then ShiverCon in August. Once those are done, I'm going to have more time to do the TikTok Lives.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">As far as Facebook is concerned, what I've had really great success with on Facebook is being in the groups and meeting other authors. That's not always about my book per se, but whatever books I'm reading, I'm posting my reviews about those books in those groups and meeting readers.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then obviously, they always say the three-to-one rule. Post about three different books and then post about your own book, whether you're doing a sale or a new release or a re-release or whatever. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've found success through that just by interacting with readers. When they post a book, I'll comment, &#8220;Hey, I've read that book,&#8221; or, &#8220;Hey, that book looks really cool. I like the review.&#8221; Commenting on it so you start these relationships with people who are out there in these Facebook groups.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've recently started my own Facebook reader group. I kind of go with the same thing. Last night, we did a live reading for another author. I like other authors to be on there. I always like to think, what does the reader need? What do I want to see as a reader?</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I would love to hear live readings from authors. So I kind of learn about them, learn about the book, and get a live reading. To me, that's a good way to go. So I started that recently, and it seems to be going well.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">I've got a new folk horror coming out soon, and I put out a call for ARC readers and got a fantastic response from that. </p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">That kind of drives the sales anyway, because when you get those reviews, then people see it gives credibility to the book, and then other people see it, and then they're buying it too. So that comes from the groups.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">There's so many wheels to spin in this industry as an indie author when you're doing this, especially when you're doing 99% of it on your own. You've got to get out there. No one's going to know your book exists if you don't get out there and tell somebody about it.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Brilliant. Well, tell us—</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading">Where can people find you and your books online?</h3>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> All right. Perfect. So obviously I'm on Amazon like everyone. Most of my books are worldwide, so you'll find them in Barnes & Noble as well. And of course, if you want the signed copies or discount print books, I always lead people straight to my website, <a href="https://www.pdalleva.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">PDAlleva.com</a>.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph">Then, of course, if you go to my <a href="https://pdsalternativefiction.substack.com/" target="_blank" rel="noopener" title="">Substack</a>, you'll get all the updates, and you'll get all the links to purchase or find out where they are on Amazon and Barnes & Noble and things like that too.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>Jo:</strong> Brilliant. Well, thanks so much for your time, Paul. That was great.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"><strong>PD:</strong> Thank you very much for having me. It was great chatting with you.</p>



<p class="wp-block-paragraph"></p><p>The post <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/15/writing-cross-genre-selling-direct-and-serialising-on-substack-with-p-d-alleva/">Writing Cross-Genre, Selling Direct, And Serialising On SubStack With P.D. Alleva</a> first appeared on <a href="https://www.thecreativepenn.com">The Creative Penn</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2026/06/15/writing-cross-genre-selling-direct-and-serialising-on-substack-with-p-d-alleva/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
		
				<enclosure length="45011809" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://media.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/content.blubrry.com/thecreativepenn/Podcast_PDAlleva.mp3"/>

				<itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
		<itunes:duration>52:45</itunes:duration>
	<dc:creator>joanna@TheCreativePenn.com (Joanna Penn)</dc:creator><itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit><itunes:subtitle>How can horror writing help readers — and writers — work through psychological trauma? Why does cross-genre fiction take longer to find an audience, but pay off in the long run? Is running a direct sales store actually worth the inventory, postage, and learning curve? And how can SubStack work for fiction authors? With psychotherapist and award-winning author P.D. Alleva. The post Writing Cross-Genre, Selling Direct, And Serialising On SubStack With P.D. Alleva first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:subtitle><itunes:author>Joanna Penn</itunes:author><itunes:summary>How can horror writing help readers — and writers — work through psychological trauma? Why does cross-genre fiction take longer to find an audience, but pay off in the long run? Is running a direct sales store actually worth the inventory, postage, and learning curve? And how can SubStack work for fiction authors? With psychotherapist and award-winning author P.D. Alleva. The post Writing Cross-Genre, Selling Direct, And Serialising On SubStack With P.D. Alleva first appeared on The Creative Penn.</itunes:summary><itunes:keywords>writing,write,book,self,publishing,author,writer,publishing,book,promotion</itunes:keywords></item>
	</channel>
</rss>